MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER DESCRIPTION These are single-chip microcomputers designed with high-performance CMOS silicon gate technology, including the internal flash memory. These microcomputers support the 7900 Series instruction set, which are enhanced and expanded instruction set and are upper-compatible with the 7700/7751 Series instruction set. The CPU of these microcomputers is a 16-bit parallel processor that can also be switched to perform 8-bit parallel processing. Also, the bus interface unit of these microcomputers enhances the memory access efficiency to execute instructions fast. Therefore, these microcomputers are suitable for office, business, and industrial equipment controller that require high-speed processing of large data. For the internal flash memory, single-power-supply programming and erasure, using a PROM programmer or the control by the central processing unit (CPU), is supported. Also, each of these microcomputers has the memory area dedicated for storing a certain software which controls programming and erasure (reprogramming control software). Therefore, on these microcomputers, the program can easily be changed even after they are mounted on the board. DISTINCTIVE FEATURES <Microcomputer mode> Number of basic machine instructions .................................... 203 Memory [M37902FCCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ................................. 120 Kbytes RAM ............................................................................. 4096 bytes [M37902FGCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ................................. 248 Kbytes RAM ............................................................................. 6144 bytes [M37902FJCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ................................. 498 Kbytes RAM ........................................................................... 12288 bytes [All of the above computers] Flash memory (Boot ROM area) ................................... 16 Kbytes Instruction execution time The fastest instruction at 26 MHz frequency ........................ 38 ns Single power supply .................................................... 5 V 0.5 V Interrupts ........... 6 external sources, 16 internal sources, 7 levels Multi-functional 16-bit timer ................................................... 5 + 3 Serial I/O (UART or Clock synchronous) ..................................... 2 10-bit A-D converter ............................................ 8-channel inputs 8-bit D-A converter ............................................ 3-channel outputs Real-time output .... 4 bits x 2 channels, or 6 bits x 1 channel + 2 bits x 1 channel 12-bit watchdog timer Programmable input/output (ports P0-P8, P10, P11) ............... 84 * * * * * * * * * * * * <Flash memory mode> Power supply voltage .................................................. 5 V 0.5 V Programming/Erase voltage ........................................ 5 V 0.5 V Programming method ............ Programming in a unit of 256 bytes Erase method ............................................ Block erase or Total erase (Data protection per block is enabled.) * * * * * Programming/Erase control by software command * Maximum number of reprograms ............................................ 100 APPLICATION Control devices for personal computer peripheral equipment such as CD-ROM drives, DVD-ROM drives, hard disk drives, high density FDD, printers MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 P104/A4 P105/A5 P106/A6 P107/A7 P110/A8 P111/A9 P112/A10 P113/A11 P114/A12 P115/A13 P116/A14 P117/A15 P00/A16 P01/A17 P02/A18 P03/A19 P04/A20 P05/A21 P06/A22 P07/A23 VSS MD1 P10/D0/LA0 P11/D1/LA1 P12/D2/LA2 M37902FxCHP PIN CONFIGURATION (TOP VIEW) M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP P70/AN0 P67/TB2IN P66/TB1IN P65/TB0IN P64/INT2 P63/INT1 P62/INT0 P61/TA4IN P60/TA4OUT P57/TA3IN/RTP13/KI3 P56/TA3OUT/RTP12/KI2 P55/TA2IN/RTP11/KI1 P54/TA2OUT/RTP10/KI0 P53/TA1IN/RTP03 P52/TA1OUT/RTP02 P51/TA0IN/RTP01 P50/TA0OUT/RTP00 P47/CS3 P46/CS2 P45/CS1 P44/CS0 P43/HOLD P42/HLDA P41/1 P40/ALE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 P103/A3 76 P102/A2 77 P101/A1 78 P100/A0 79 P87/TXD1 80 P86/RXD1 81 P85/CTS1/CLK1 82 P84/CTS1/RTS1/INT4 83 P83/TXD0 84 P82/RXD0 85 P81/CTS0/CLK0 86 VCC 87 AVCC 88 VREF 89 90 AVSS VSS 91 NMI 92 P80/CTS0/RTS0/DA2/INT3 93 P77/AN7/ADTRG/DA1/(INT2) 94 P76/AN6/DA0 95 P75/AN5/(INT4) 96 P74/AN4/(INT3) 97 P73/AN3 98 P72/AN2 99 P71/AN1 100 Outline 100P6Q-A 2 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 P13/D3/LA3 P14/D4/LA4 P15/D5/LA5 P16/D6/LA6 P17/D7/LA7 P20/D8 P21/D9 P22/D10 P23/D11 P24/D12 P25/D13 P26/D14 P27/D15 VCC XOUT XIN VSS MD0 RESET VCONT BYTE P30/RDY P31/RD P32/BLW P33/BHW MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Data Bus (Even) Data Bus (Odd) Instruction Queue Buffer Q1 (8) Input/Output port P1 P1(8) NMI Instruction Queue Buffer Q0 (8) Instruction Queue Buffer Q4 (8) RAM 4096 bytes 6144 bytes 12288 bytes Input/Output port P2 P2(8) Instruction Queue Buffer Q3 (8) VREF Reference voltage input Instruction Queue Buffer Q2 (8) Flash memory 120 Kbytes 248 Kbytes 498 Kbytes Address Bus Data Buffer DQ3 (8) M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP Data Buffer DQ2 (8) Input/Output port P0 P0(8) Data Buffer DQ1 (8) BYTE External data bus width select input Data Buffer DQ0 (8) Note: Input/Output port P4 Input/Output port P5 P3(4) P4(8) P5(8) P6(8) D-A0 converter (8) Program Counter PC (16) Input/Output port P6 MD0 Incrementer/Decrementer (24) UART0 (9) UART1 (9) MD1 Data Address Register DA (24) Bus Interface Unit (BIU) Incrementer (24) Program Address Register PA (24) A-D converter (10) D-A2 converter (8) Instruction Queue Buffer Q9 (8) D-A1 converter (8) Instruction Queue Buffer Q8 (8) (0V) AVSS AVcc Instruction register (8) Instruction Queue Buffer Q6 (8) Instruction Queue Buffer Q7 (8) Input/Output port P3 Instruction Queue Buffer Q5 (8) Input/Output port P7 Input/Output port P8 P7(8) P8(8) Timer TB0 (16) Timer TA0 (16) Timer TB2 (16) Timer TB1 (16) Timer TA1 (16) Vcc Direct Page Register DPR0 (16) Watchdog timer Processor Status Register PS (11) Timer TA4 (16) Input Buffer Register IB (16) Timer TA2 (16) (0V) Vss Data bank Register DT (8) Timer TA3 (16) Program Bank Register PG (8) RAM (Note) P10(8) Input/Output port P10 Flash memory (Note) P11(8) Input/Output port P11 Direct Page Register DPR1 (16) RESET Direct Page Register DPR3 (16) Stack Pointer S (16) Clock Generating Circuit XOUT Clock output Clock input XIN VCONT BLOCK DIAGRAM Index Register Y (16) Index Register X (16) Accumulator B (16) Accumulator A (16) Arithmetic Logic Unit (16) Central Processing Unit (CPU) Reset input Direct Page Register DPR2 (16) 3 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER FUNCTIONS (Microcomputer mode) Parameter Number of basic machine instructions 203 Instruction execution time 38 ns (the fastest instruction at f(fsys) = 26 MHz) External clock input frequency f(XIN) 26 MHz (Max.) System clock frequency f(fsys) 26 MHz (Max.) Memory size Functions Flash memory (User ROM area) (Note) RAM (Note) Flash memory (Boot ROM area) 16 Kbytes Programmable input/output P0-P2, P4-P8, P10, P11 8-bit 10 ports P3 4-bit 1 Multi-functional timers TA0-TA4 16-bit 5 TB0-TB2 16-bit 3 UART0 and UART1 (UART or Clock synchronous serial I/O) 2 Serial I/O A-D converter 10-bit successive approximation method 1 (8 channels) D-A converter 8-bit 3 Watchdog timer 12-bit 1 Chip-select wait control Chip select area 4 (CS0-CS3). A bus cycle type and bus width can be set for each chip select area. Real-time output 4 bits 2 channels; or 6 bits 1 channel + 2 bits 1 channel Interrupts Maskable interrups 5 external types, 13 internal types. Each interrupt can be set to a priority level within the range of 0-7 by software. Non-maskable interrups 1 external type, 3 internal types. Clock generating circuit Built-in (externally connected to a ceramic resonator or quartz crystal resonator). PLL frequency multiplier The following multiplication methods are available: double, triple, and quadruple. Power supply voltage 5 V0.5 V Power dissipation 150 mW (at f(fsys ) = 26 MHz, Typ., PLL frequency multiplier stopped) 5V 5 mA Up to 16 Mbytes. Note that bank FF16 is a reserved area. -20 to 85 C CMOS high-performance silicon gate process 100-pin plastic molded QFP Ports' input/output characteristics Input/Output withstand voltage Output current Memory expansion Operating ambient temperature range Device structure Package Note: Flash memory (User ROM area) RAM 4 M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP 120 Kbytes 248 Kbytes 498 Kbytes 4096 bytes 6144 bytes 12288 bytes MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER FUNCTIONS (Flash memory mode) Power supply voltage Parameter Functions 5 V0.5 V (in the flash memory parallel I/O mode, 3.3 V0.3 V) Programming/Erase voltage 5 V0.5 V (in the flash memory parallel I/O mode, 3.3 V0.3 V) Flash memory mode Block division for erasure 3 modes: parallel I/O, serial I/O, and CPU reprogramming modes User ROM area (Note 1) Boot ROM area 1 block (16 Kbytes 1) (Note 2) Programming method Programmed per page (in a unit of 256 Kbytes) Flash memory parallel I/O mode User ROM area + Boot ROM area Flash memory serial I/O mode User ROM area Flash memory CPU reprogramming mode User ROM area Erase method Total erase/Block erase Flash memory parallel I/O mode User ROM area + Boot ROM area Flash memory serial I/O mode User ROM area Flash memory CPU reprogramming mode User ROM area Programming/Erase control Programming/Erase control by software commands Data protection method Protected per block, by using a lock bit. Number of commands 8 commands Maximum number of reprograms 100 Notes 1: User ROM area M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP 5 blocks (8 Kbytes 3, 32 Kbytes 1, 64 Kbytes 1), total 120 Kbytes 7 blocks (8 Kbytes 3, 32 Kbytes 1, 64 Kbytes 3), total 248 Kbytes 11 blocks (2 Kbytes 1, 8 Kbytes 2, 32 Kbytes 1, 64 Kbytes 7), total 498 Kbytes 2: On shipment, our reprogramming control firmware for the flash memory serial I/O mode has been stored into the boot ROM area. Note that the boot ROM area can be erased/programmed only in the flash memory parallel I/O mode. 5 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER PIN DESCRIPTION (MICROCOMPUTER MODE) Pin Name Input/ Output Vcc, Vss Power supply input MD0 MD0 Input This pin controls the processor mode. Connect this pin to VSS for the single-chip mode or memory expansion mode, and VCC for the microprocessor mode. MD1 MD1 Input Connect this pin to Vss. RESET Reset input Input The microcomputer is reset when "L" level is applied to this pin. XIN Clock input Input XOUT Clock output These are input and output pins of the internal clock generating circuit. Connect a ceramic or quartz- crystal resonator between the XIN and XOUT pins. When an external clock is used, the clock source should be connected to the XIN pin, and the XOUT pin should be left open. BYTE External data bus width select input Input This pin determines whether the external data bus has an 8-bit width or 16-bit width for the memory expansion mode or microprocessor mode. The width is 16 bits when "L" signal is input, and 8 bits when "H" signal is input. When BYTE = Vss level, by the register setting, the external data bus for each of areas CS1 to CS3 can have a width of 8 bits. VCONT Filter circuit connection -- When using the PLL frequency multiplier, connect this pin to the filter circuit. When not using, this pin should be left open. AVcc, AVss Analog power supply input -- Power supply input pins for the A-D converter and the D-A converter. Connect AVcc to Vcc, and AVss to Vss externally. VREF Reference voltage input Input This is the reference voltage input pin for the A-D converter and the D-A converter. P00-P07 I/O port P0 I/O In single-chip mode Port P0 is an 8-bit I/O port. This port has an I/O direction register, and each pin can be programmed for input or output. These pins enter the input mode at reset. In memory expansion and microprocessor modes Address (A16-A23) is output. These pins also function as I/O port pins according to the register setting. P10-P17 I/O port P1 I/O In single-chip mode These pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory expansion and microprocessor modes The low-order 8 bits of data (D0-D7) are input/output. When the external data bus has an 8-bit width, address (LA0-LA7) output and data (D0-D7) input/output can be performed with the time-sharing method, according to the register setting. P20-P27 I/O port P2 I/O In single-chip mode or When 8-bit external data bus is used in memory expansion mode and microprocessor mode These pins have the same functions as port P0. When the 16-bit external data bus is used in memory expansion or microprocessor mode The high-order 8 bits of data (D8-D15) are input or output. P30-P33 I/O port P3 I/O In single-chip mode These pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory expansion mode P30 functions as an I/O port pin; and P31, P32, and P33 function as the output pins of RD, BLW, BHW, respectively. P30 also functions as an output pin of RDY according to the register setting. When the external data bus has a width of 8 bits, the BHW pin functions as an I/O port pin (P33). In microprocessor mode P30 functions as an input pin of RDY; and P31,P32, P33 function as the output pins of RD, BLW, BHW, respectively. P30 also functions as an I/O port pin according to the register setting. When the external data bus has a width of 8 bits, the BHW pin functions as an I/O port pin (P33). P40-P47 I/O port P4 I/O In single-chip mode These pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory expansion mode P40-P47 function as I/O port pins. According to the register setting, these pins function as output pins or input pins of ALE, 1, HLDA, HOLD, CS0-CS3, respectively. In microprocessor mode P40-P44 function as output or input pins of ALE, 1, HLDA, HOLD, CS0, and P45-P47 as I/O port pins, respectively. According to the register setting, P40-P43 also function as I/O port pins, and P45-P47 as output pins of CS1-CS3. 6 -- Functions Output Apply 5 V0.5 V to Vcc, and 0 V to Vss. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Pin Name Input/ Output P50-P57 I/O port P5 I/O P60-P67 I/O port P6 I/O Functions In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in the single-chip mode, these pins also function as I/O pins for timers A0-A3, output pins for the real-time output, and input pins for the key-input interrupt. In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in the single-chip mode, these pins also function as I/O pins for timer A4, input pins for external interrupt inputs INT0-INT2, and input pins for timers B0-B2. ____ ____ P70-P77 I/O port P7 I/O In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in the single-chip mode, these pins also function as input pins for the A-D converter, output pins for the D-A converter, and input pins for INT2, INT3, and INT4. P80-P87 I/O port P8 I/O In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in the single-chip mode, these pins also function as I/O pins for UART0, UART1, output pins for D-A converter, and input pins for INT3 and INT4. P100-P107 I/O port P10 I/O In single-chip mode These pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory expansion and microprocessor modes Address (A0-A7) is output. P110-P117 I/O port P11 I/O In single-chip mode These pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory expansion and microprocessor modes Address (A8-A15) is output. Also, these pins function as I/O port pins according to the register setting. NMI Non-maskable interrupt Input This pin is for a non-maskable interrupt. 7 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER PIN DESCRIPTION (FLASH MEMORY SERIAL I/O MODE) Pin Name VCC, VSS MD0 MD1 _____ RESET XIN XOUT BYTE VCONT AVcc, AVss VREF P00-P07 P10-P17 P20-P27 P30-P33 P40, P44- P47 P41 P42 P43 P50-P57 P60-P67 P70-P77 P80-P87 P100-P107 P110-P117 NMI Power supply input MD0 MD1 Reset input Clock input Clock output BYTE Filter circuit connection Analog supply input Reference voltage input Input port P0 Input port P1 Input port P2 Input port P3 8 Input port P4 SCLK input SDA I/O BUSY output Input port P5 Input port P6 Input port P7 Input port P8 Input port P10 Input port P11 Non-maskable interrupt Input /Output -- Input Input Input Input Output Input -- -- Input Input Input Input Input Input Input I/O Output Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Functions Apply 5 V 0.5 V to Vcc, and 0 V to Vss. Connect this pin to Vss. Connect this pin to Vss via a resistor of 10 k to 100 k. The reset input pin. Connect a ceramic resonator between the XIN and XOUT pins, or input an external clock from the XIN pin with the XOUT pin left open. Connect this pin to Vcc or Vss. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Connect this pin to the filter circuit, or leave this pin open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Connect AVcc to Vcc, and AVss to Vss. Input an arbitrary level within the range of VSS-VCC. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) This is an input pin for a serial clock. This is an I/O pin for serial data. Connect this pin to VCC via a resistor (about 1 k). This is an output pin for the BUSY signal. Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H" or "L", or leave them open. (This is not used in the flash memory serial I/O mode.) Input "H", or leave this pin open. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER BASIC FUNCTION BLOCKS These microcomputers contain the following devices on the single chip: the flash memory, RAM, CPU, bus interface unit, and peripheral devices such as the interrupt control circuit, timers, serial I/O, A-D converter, D-A converter, I/O ports, clock generating circuit, etc. MEMORY Figures 1 to 3 show the memory maps. The address space is 16 Mbytes from addresses 016 to FFFFFF16. The address space is divided into 64-Kbyte units called banks. The banks are numbered from 016 to FF16. Bank FF16 is a reserved area for the development support tool. Therefore, do not use bank FF16. 00000016 00000016 0000FF16 Bank 016 00FFFF16 01000016 Internal flash memory and internal RAM are assigned as shown in Figures 1 to 3. Addresses FFC016 to FFFF16 contain the RESET and the interrupt vector addresses, and the interrupt vectors are stored there. For details, refer to the section on interrupts. Assigned to addresses 016 to FF16 are peripheral devices such as I/O ports, A-D converter, D-A converter, UART, timers, interrupt control registers, etc. Figures 7 and 8 show the location of SFRs. For the flash memory in the boot ROM area, refer to the section on the flash memory mode. Peripheral devices control registers Interrupt vector table 00FFC016 00080016 Bank 116 01FFFF16 Internal RAM 4096 bytes * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 0017FF16 00180016 Address matching detect 001FFF16 00200016 INT4 INT3 A-D conversion UART1 transmit UART1 receive UART0 transmit UART0 receive Timer B2 Timer B1 Timer B0 Timer A4 Timer A3 Timer A2 Timer A1 Timer A0 Reserved area Reserved area 00FFC016 00FFFF16 Internal flash memory 120 Kbytes (User ROM area) INT2 INT1 INT0 NMI Watchdog timer FE000016 ;; ;; ;; Bank FE16 FEFFFF16 FF000016 Bank FF16 FFFFFF16 Reserved area for development support tool Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area 00FFFE16 DBC BRK instruction Zero divide RESET Fig. 1 Memory map of M37902FCCHP (Single-chip mode) 9 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 00000016 00000016 0000FF16 Bank 016 00FFFF16 01000016 Peripheral devices control registers Interrupt vector table 00FFC016 00080016 Bank 116 01FFFF16 02000016 Internal RAM 6144 bytes Bank 216 02FFFF16 03000016 Address matching detect Reserved area Reserved area Bank 316 INT4 INT3 A-D conversion UART1 transmit UART1 receive UART0 transmit UART0 receive Timer B2 Timer B1 Timer B0 Timer A4 Timer A3 Timer A2 Timer A1 Timer A0 001FFF16 00200016 03FFFF16 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 00FFC016 00FFFF16 Internal flash memory 248 Kbytes (User ROM area) INT2 INT1 INT0 NMI Watchdog timer FE000016 ;; ;; ;; Bank FE16 FEFFFF16 FF000016 Bank FF16 FFFFFF16 Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area for development support tool 00FFFE16 DBC BRK instruction Zero divide RESET Fig. 2 Memory map of M37902FGCHP (Single-chip mode) 00000016 00000016 0000FF16 Bank 016 00FFFF16 01000016 Peripheral devices control registers Interrupt vector table 00FFC016 00080016 Bank 116 01FFFF16 02000016 Internal RAM 12288 bytes Bank 216 02FFFF16 03000016 Address matching detect 0037FF16 00380016 Reserved area Reserved area Bank 316 INT4 INT3 A-D conversion UART1 transmit UART1 receive UART0 transmit UART0 receive Timer B2 Timer B1 Timer B0 Timer A4 Timer A3 Timer A2 Timer A1 Timer A0 03FFFF16 04000016 Bank 416 04FFFF16 05000016 Bank 516 00FFC016 00FFFF16 05FFFF16 06000016 Bank 616 06FFFF16 07000016 Bank 716 07FFFF16 * * * * * * * Internal flash memory 498 Kbytes (User ROM area) INT2 INT1 INT0 NMI Watchdog timer ;; ;; ;; FE000016 Bank FE16 FEFFFF16 FF000016 Bank FF16 FFFFFF16 Reserved area for development support tool Fig. 3 Memory map of M37902FJCHP (Single-chip mode) 10 Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area Reserved area 00FFFE16 DBC BRK instruction Zero divide RESET MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Address (Hexadecimal notation) Address (Hexadecimal notation) 00000016 00000116 00000216 00000316 00000416 00000516 00000616 00000716 00000816 00000916 00000A16 00000B16 00000C16 00000D16 00000E16 00000F16 00001016 00001116 00001216 00001316 00001416 00001516 00001616 00001716 00001816 00001916 00001A16 00001B16 00001C16 00001D16 00001E16 00001F16 00002016 00002116 00002216 00002316 00002416 00002516 00002616 00002716 00002816 00002916 00002A16 00002B16 00002C16 00002D16 00002E16 00002F16 00003016 00003116 00003216 00003316 00003416 00003516 00003616 00003716 00003816 00003916 00003A16 00003B16 00003C16 00003D16 00003E16 00003F16 00004016 00004116 00004216 00004316 00004416 00004516 00004616 00004716 00004816 00004916 00004A16 00004B16 00004C16 00004D16 00004E16 00004F16 00005016 00005116 00005216 00005316 00005416 00005516 00005616 00005716 00005816 00005916 00005A16 00005B16 00005C16 00005D16 00005E16 00005F16 00006016 00006116 00006216 00006316 00006416 00006516 00006616 00006716 00006816 00006916 00006A16 00006B16 00006C16 00006D16 00006E16 00006F16 00007016 00007116 00007216 00007316 00007416 00007516 00007616 00007716 00007816 00007916 00007A16 00007B16 00007C16 00007D16 00007E16 00007F16 Reserved area (Note) Reserved area (Note) Port P0 register Port P1 register Port P0 direction register Port P1 direction register Port P2 register Port P3 register Port P2 direction register Port P3 direction register Port P4 register Port P5 register Port P4 direction register Port P5 direction register Port P6 register Port P7 register Port P6 direction register Port P7 direction register Port P8 register Port P8 direction register Port P10 register Port P11 register Port P10 direction register Port P11 direction register A-D control register 0 A-D control register 1 A-D register 0 A-D register 1 A-D register 2 A-D register 3 A-D register 4 A-D register 5 A-D register 6 A-D register 7 UART0 transmit/receive mode register UART0 baud rate register (BRG0) UART0 transmit buffer register UART0 transmit/receive control register 0 UART0 transmit/receive control register 1 UART0 receive buffer register UART1 transmit/receive mode register UART1 baud rate register (BRG1) UART1 transmit buffer register UART1 transmit/receive control register 0 UART1 transmit/receive control register 1 UART1 receive buffer register Count start register One-shot start register Up-down register Timer A clock division select register Timer A0 register Timer A1 register Timer A2 register Timer A3 register Timer A4 register Timer B0 register Timer B1 register Timer B2 register Timer A0 mode register Timer A1 mode register Timer A2 mode register Timer A3 mode register Timer A4 mode register Timer B0 mode register Timer B1 mode register Timer B2 mode register Processor mode register 0 Processor mode register 1 Watchdog timer register Watchdog timer frequency select register Particular function select register 0 Particular function select register 1 Particular function select register 2 Reserved area (Note) Debug control register 0 Debug control register 1 Address comparison register 0 Address comparison register 1 INT3 interrupt control register INT4 interrupt control register A-D conversion interrupt control register UART0 transmit interrupt control register UART0 receive interrupt control register UART1 transmit interrupt control register UART1 receive interrupt control register Timer A0 interrupt control register Timer A1 interrupt control register Timer A2 interrupt control register Timer A3 interrupt control register Timer A4 interrupt control register Timer B0 interrupt control register Timer B1 interrupt control register Timer B2 interrupt control register INT0 interrupt control register INT1 interrupt control register INT2 interrupt control register Note: Do not write to this address. Fig. 7 Location of SFRs (1) 11 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Address (Hexadecimal notation) 00008016 CS0 control register L 00008116 CS0 control register H 00008216 CS1 control register L 00008316 CS1 control register H 00008416 CS2 control register L 00008516 CS2 control register H 00008616 CS3 control register L 00008716 CS3 control register H 00008816 00008916 00008A16 Area CS0 start address register 00008B16 00008C16 Area CS1 start address register 00008D16 00008E16 Area CS2 start address register 00008F16 00009016 Area CS3 start address register 00009116 00009216 Port function control register 00009316 00009416 External interrupt input control register 00009516 External interrupt input read-out register 00009616 D-A control register 00009716 00009816 D-A register 0 00009916 D-A register 1 00009A16 D-A register 2 00009B16 00009C16 Reserved area (Note) 00009D16 Reserved area (Note) 00009E16 Flash memory control register 00009F16 0000A016 Real-time output control register 0000A116 0000A216 Pulse output data register 0 0000A316 0000A416 Pulse output data register 1 0000A516 0000A616 0000A716 0000A816 0000A916 0000AA16 0000AB16 0000AC16 Serial I/O pin control register 0000AD16 0000AE16 0000AF16 0000B016 0000B116 0000B216 0000B316 0000B416 0000B516 0000B616 0000B716 0000B816 0000B916 0000BA16 Reserved area (Note) 0000BB16 Reserved area (Note) 0000BC16 Clock control register 0000BD16 Reserved area (Note) 0000BE16 Reserved area (Note) 0000BF16 Reserved area (Note) Note: Do not write to this address. Fig. 8 Location of SFRs (2) 12 Address (Hexadecimal notation) 0000C016 0000C116 0000C216 0000C316 0000C416 0000C516 0000C616 0000C716 0000C816 0000C916 0000CA16 0000CB16 0000CC16 0000CD16 0000CE16 0000CF16 0000D016 0000D116 0000D216 0000D316 0000D416 0000D516 0000D616 0000D716 0000D816 0000D916 0000DA16 0000DB16 0000DC16 0000DD16 0000DE16 0000DF16 0000E016 0000E116 0000E216 0000E316 0000E416 0000E516 0000E616 0000E716 0000E816 0000E916 0000EA16 0000EB16 0000EC16 0000ED16 0000EE16 0000EF16 0000F016 0000F116 0000F216 0000F316 0000F416 0000F516 0000F616 0000F716 0000F816 0000F916 0000FA16 0000FB16 0000FC16 0000FD16 0000FE16 0000FF16 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) INDEX REGISTER X (X) The CPU has 13 registers and is shown in Figure 9. Each of these registers is described below. Index register X consists of 16 bits and the low-order 8 bits can be used separately. Index register length flag x determines whether the register is used as 16-bit register or as 8-bit register. It is used as a 16-bit register when flag x is "0" and as an 8-bit register when flag x is "1". Flag x is a part of the processor status register (PS) which is described later. In index addressing modes in which register X is used as the index register, the contents of this address are added to obtain the real address. Index register X functions as a pointer register which indicates an address of data table in instructions MVP, MVN, RMPA (Repeat MultiPly and Accumulate). ACCUMULATOR A (A) Accumulator A is the main register of the microcomputer. It consists of 16 bits and the low-order 8 bits can be used separately. Data length flag m determines whether the register is used as 16-bit register or as 8-bit register. It is used as a 16-bit register when flag m is "0" and as an 8-bit register when flag m is "1". Flag m is a part of the processor status register (PS) which is described later. Data operations such as calculations, data transfer, input/output, etc., are executed mainly through accumulator A. INDEX REGISTER Y (Y) ACCUMULATOR B (B) Accumulator B has the same functions as accumulator A, but the use of accumulator B requires more instruction bytes and execution cycles than accumulator A. ACCUMULATOR E Accumulator E is a 32-bit register and consists of accumulator A (low-order 16 bits) and accumulator B (high-order 16 bits). It is used for 32-bit data processing. Accumulator B 15 Accumulator A 7 BH Index register Y consists of 16 bits and the low-order 8 bits can be used separately. The index register length flag x determines whether the register is used as 16-bit register or as 8-bit register. It is used as a 16-bit register when flag x is "0" and as an 8-bit register when flag x is "1". Flag x is a part of the processor status register (PS) which is described later. In index addressing modes in which register Y is used as the index register, the contents of this address are added to obtain the real address. Index register Y functions as a pointer register which indicates an address of data table in instructions MVP, MVN, RMPA (Repeat MultiPly and Accumulate). 0 15 BL 7 AH 0 AL 31 0 Accumulator E 15 7 AH 15 0 AL 7 BH 15 0 BL 0 7 XH 15 Index register X XL 7 0 Index register Y YL YH 15 7 0 PG 7 Stack pointer S S Program bank register PG 15 0 Program counter PC PC 0 DT 0 Data bank register DT 15 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 DPR0 to DPR3 7 IPL2 IPL1 IPL0 N V m x D I Direct page registers DPR0 to DPR3 0 Z C Processor status register PS Carry flag Zero flag Interrupt disable flag Decimal mode flag Index register length flag Data length flag Overflow flag Negative flag Processor interrupt priority level IPL Fig. 9 Register structure 13 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER STACK POINTER (S) PROCESSOR STATUS REGISTER (PS) Stack pointer (S) is a 16-bit register. It is used during a subroutine call or interrupts. It is also used during stack, stack pointer relative, or stack pointer relative indirect indexed Y addressing mode. Processor status register (PS) is an 11-bit register. It consists of flags to indicate the result of operation and CPU interrupt levels. Branch operations can be performed by testing the flags C, Z, V, and N. The details of each bit of the processor status register are described below. PROGRAM COUNTER (PC) Program counter (PC) is a 16-bit counter that indicates the low-order 16 bits of the next program memory address to be executed. There is a bus interface unit between the program memory and the CPU, so that the program memory is accessed through bus interface unit. This is described later. PROGRAM BANK REGISTER (PG) Program bank register is an 8-bit register that indicates the high-order 8 bits of the next program memory address to be executed. When a carry occurs by incrementing the contents of the program counter, the contents of the program bank register (PG) is increased by 1. Also, when a carry or borrow occurs after adding or subtracting the offset value to or from the contents of the program counter (PC) using the branch instruction, the contents of the program bank register (PG) is increased or decreased by 1, so that programs can be written without worrying about bank boundaries. DATA BANK REGISTER (DT) Data bank register (DT) is an 8-bit register. With some addressing modes, the data bank register (DT) is used to specify a part of the memory address. The contents of data bank register (DT) is used as the high-order 8 bits of a 24-bit address. Addressing modes that use the data bank register (DT) are direct indirect, direct indexed X indirect, direct indirect indexed Y, absolute, absolute bit, absolute indexed X, absolute indexed Y, absolute bit relative, and stack pointer relative indirect indexed Y. DIRECT PAGE REGISTERS 0 to 3 (DPR0 to DPR3) The direct page register is a 16-bit register. An addressing mode of which name includes `direct' generates an address of data to be accessed, regarding the contents of this register as the base address. The 7900 Series has been expanded direct page registers up to 4 (DPR0 to DPR3), in comparison to the 7700 Series which has the single direct page register. Accordingly, the 7900 Series's direct addressing method which uses direct page registers differs from that of the 7700 Series. However, the conventional direct addressing method, using only DPR0, is still be selectable, in order to make use of the 7700 Series software property. For more details, refer to the section on the direct page. 14 1. Carry flag (C) The carry flag contains the carry or borrow generated by the ALU after an arithmetic operation. This flag is also affected by shift and rotate instructions. This flag can be set and reset directly with the SEC and CLC instructions or with the SEP and CLP instructions. 2. Zero flag (Z) The zero flag is set if the result of an arithmetic operation or data transfer is zero and reset if it is not. This flag can be set and reset directly with the SEP and CLP instructions. 3. Interrupt disable flag (I) When the interrupt disable flag is set to "1", all interrupts except ___ watchdog timer, NMI, and software interrupt are disabled. This flag is set to "1" automatically when an interrupt is accepted. It can be set and reset directly with the SEI and CLI instructions or SEP and CLP instructions. 4. Decimal mode flag (D) The decimal mode flag determines whether addition and subtraction are performed as binary or decimal. Binary arithmetic is performed when this flag is "0". If it is "1", decimal arithmetic is performed with each word treated as 2- or 4- digit decimal. Arithmetic operation is performed using four digits when data length flag m is "0" and with two digits when it is "1". Decimal adjust is automatically performed. (Decimal operation is possible only with the ADC and SBC instructions.) This flag can be set and reset with the SEP and CLP instructions. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 5. Index register length flag (x) The index register length flag determines whether index register X and index register Y are used as 16-bit registers or as 8-bit registers. The registers are used as 16-bit registers when flag x is "0" and as 8bit registers when it is "1". This flag can be set and reset with the SEP and CLP instructions. 6. Data length flag (m) The data length flag determines whether the data length is 16-bit or 8-bit. The data length is 16 bits when flag m is "0" and 8 bits when it is "1". This flag can be set and reset with the SEM and CLM instructions or with the SEP and CLP instructions. 7. Overflow flag (V) The overflow flag is valid when addition or subtraction is performed with a word treated as a signed binary number. If data length flag m is "0", the overflow flag is set when the result of addition or subtraction is outside the range between -32768 and +32767. If data length flag m is "1", the overflow flag is set when the result of addition or subtraction is outside the range between -128 and +127. It is reset in all other cases. The overflow flag can also be set and reset directly with the SEP, and CLV or CLP instructions. Additionally, the overflow flag is set when a result of unsigned/signed division exceeds the length of the register where the result is to be stored; the flag is also set when the addition result is outside range of -2147483648 to +2147483647 in the RMPA operation. 8. Negative flag (N) The negative flag is set when the result of arithmetic operation or data transfer is negative (If data length flag m is "0", data's bit 15 is "1". If data length flag m is "1", data's bit 7 is "1".) It is reset in all other cases. It can also be set and reset with the SEP and CLP instructions. 9. Processor interrupt priority level (IPL) The processor interrupt priority level (IPL) consists of 3 bits and determines the priority of processor interrupts from level 0 to level 7. Interrupt is enabled when the interrupt priority of the device requesting interrupt (set using the interrupt control register) is higher than the processor interrupt priority. When an interrupt is enabled, the current processor interrupt priority level is saved in a stack and the processor interrupt priority level is replaced by the interrupt priority level of the device requesting the interrupt. Refer to the section on interrupts for more details. Note: Fix bits 11 to 15 of the processor status register (PS) to "0". 15 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER BANK In order to effectively use the integrated hardware on the chip, this CPU core uses an address generating method with a 24-bit address split into high-order 8 bits and low-order 16 bits. In other words, the 64 Kbytes specified by the low-order 16 bits are one unit (referred to as "bank"), and the address space is divided into 256 banks (016 to FF16) specified by the high-order 8 bits. In the program area on the address space, the bank is specified by the program bank register (PG), and the address in the bank is specified by the program counter (PC). As for each bank boundary, when an overflow has occurred in PC, the contents of PG are incremented by 1. When a borrow has occurred in PC, the contents of PG are decremented by 1. Under the normal conditions, therefore, programming without concern for the bank boundaries is possible. Furthermore, as for the data area on the address space, the bank is specified by the data bank register (DT), and the address in the bank is specified by the operation result by using the various addressing modes (Note). Note: Some addressing modes directly specify a bank. DIRECT PAGE The internal memory and control registers for internal peripheral devices, etc. are assigned to bank 016 (addresses 016 to FFFF16). The direct page and direct addressing modes have been provided for the effective access to bank 016. In the 7900 Series, two types of direct addressing modes are available: the conventional direct addressing mode which uses only DPR0, as in the 7700 Series, and the expanded direct addressing mode, which uses up to 4 direct page registers as selected by the user. The addressing mode is selected according to the contents of bit 1 of the processor mode register 1. This bit 1 is cleared to "0" at reset. (In other words, the conventional direct addressing mode is selected.) However, once this bit 1 has been set to "1" by software, this bit cannot be cleared to "0" again, except by reset. That is to say, when one of these two direct addressing modes has been selected just after reset, the selected addressing mode cannot be switched to another one while the program is running. Conventional direct addressing mode The direct page area consists of 256-byte space. Its bank address is "0016", and the base address of its low-order 16-bit address is specified by the contents of the direct page register 0 (DPR0). In this conventional direct addressing modes, a value (1 byte) just after an instruction code is regarded as an offset value for the DPR0 contents, and the CPU accesses each address in the direct page area. Expanded direct addressing mode The direct page area consists of four 64-byte spaces. Their bank address is "0016", and the four base addresses of their low-order 16bit addresses are respectively specified by the contents of four direct page registers. In this expanded direct addressing mode, a value (1 byte) just after an instruction code is regarded as follows: * High-order 2 bits: regarded as a selection field for DPR0 to DPR3. * Low-order 6 bits: regarded as an offset value for the selected direct page register. Then, the CPU accesses each address in each direct page area: 16 Refer to "7900 Series Software Manual" for details concerning the various addressing modes which use the direct page area. Instruction Set The CPU core of the 7900 Series has an expanded instruction set based on the existing 7700/7751 Series' CPU core. In addition, its source code (mnemonic) has the complete upper compatibility with the 7700 Series instruction set. For details concerning addressing modes and instruction set, refer to "7900 Series Software Manual". MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER BUS INTERFACE UNIT Data transfer between the central processing unit (CPU) and internal memory, internal peripheral devices, or external areas is always performed via the bus interface unit (BIU), which is located between the CPU and the internal buses. Figure 10 shows the BIU and the bus structure. The CPU and BIU are connected by a dedicated bus, and any transfer between the CPU and BIU is controlled by this dedicated bus. On the other hand, data transfer between the BIU and internal peripheral devices uses the following internal common buses: 32-bit code bus, 16-bit data bus, 24-bit address bus, and control signals. The bus control method where the code bus and the data bus separate out (hereafter, this method is referred to as the separate code/ data bus method) is employed in order to improve data transfer capabilities. As a result, the internal memory is connected to both the code bus and the data bus, and registers of all other internal peripheral devices are connected only to the data bus. Each width of external buses are as follows: a 24-bit address bus, 16-bit data bus. The external data bus transfers instruction codes and data. When the code or data access occurs for the external, the external access is performed via the bus conversion circuit. For details of the connection with the external devices, refer to the section on the processor modes and chip select wait controller described later. M37902 Internal buses CPU bus Internal code bus (CB0 to CB31) Central Processing Unit Bus Interface Unit (CPU) (BIU) Internal data bus (DB0 to DB15) Internal address bus (AD0 to AD23) Internal memory Internal control signal Internal peripheral devices (SFR) External bus A0 to A23 Bus conversion circuit D0 to D7 (LA0 to LA7) D8 to D15 External devices Control signal Hold request HOLD HLDA SFR : Special Function Register The CPU bus, internal bus, and external bus separate out independently. Fig. 10 BIU and bus structure 17 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER BIU structure The BIU consists of four registers shown in Figure 11. Table 1 lists the functions of each register. Table 1. Functions of each register Name Program address register Functions Indicates a storage address for an instruction to be next taken into an instruction queue buffer. Instruction queue buffer Temporarily stores an instruction which has been taken from a memory. Consists of 10 bytes. Data address register Indicates an address where data will be next read from or written to. Data buffer Temporarily stores data which has been read from internal memory, internal peripheral devices, and external areas by the BIU; or temporarily stores data which is to be written to internal memory, internal peripheral devices, and external areas by the CPU. Consists of 32 bits. b23 b0 Program address register PA b7 b0 Q0 Instruction queue buffer Q9 b23 b0 Data address register DA b31 b0 DQ Fig.11 Register structure of BIU 18 Data buffer MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER BIU Functions (1) Instruction prefetch The BIU has ten instruction queue buffers; each buffer consists of 1 byte. When there is an opening in the bus and the instruction queue buffer, an instruction code is read from the program memory (in other words, the memory where a program is stored) and prefetched into an instruction queue buffer. The prefetched instruction code is transferred from the BIU to the CPU, in response to a request from the CPU, via a dedicated bus. When a branch occurs as a result of a branch instruction (JMP, BRA, etc.), subroutine call, or interrupt, the contents of the instruction queue buffer are initialized and the BIU reads a new instruction from the branch destination address. Note that the operations of the BIU instruction prefetch also differ depending on the store addresses for instructions. The store addresses for instructions to be prefetched are categorized as listed in Table 2. (2) Data read operation When executing an instruction for reading data from the internal memory, internal peripheral devices, or external areas, at first, the CPU informs the BIU's data address register of the address where the data has been located. Next, the BIU reads the above data from the specified address, passes it to the data buffer, and then, transfers it to the CPU. (3) Data write operation When executing an instruction for writing data into the internal memory, internal peripheral devices, or external area, at first, the CPU informs the BIU's data address register of the address where the data has been located. Next, the BIU passes the above data to the data buffer register, and then, writes it into the specified address. (4) Bus cycle In order for the BIU to execute the above operations (1) through (3), the 24-bit address bus, 32-bit code bus, 16-bit data bus and internal control signals must be appropriately controlled during data transfer between the BIU and internal memory, internal peripheral devices, external areas. This operation is called "bus cycle". The bus cycle is affected by the following conditions at instruction prefetch and data access. [Instruction prefetch] * Whether the address area locates in the internal area or the external area. * When the address area locates in the external area Whether the external bus width = 16 bits or 8 bits: (a) When the external bus width = 16 bits: whether the start address for access locates at a 4byte boundary or at an 8-byte boundary. (b) When the external bus width = 8 bits: whether the start address for access locates at an even address, a 4-byte boundary or at the 8-byte bound ary. Whether the prefetch operation is generated by a branch, or not. Number of waits Whether the burst ROM access is specified or not. Table 2. Store addresses for instructions to be prefetched Low-order 3 bits of store address for instruction AD2 (A2) AD1 (A1) AD0 (A0) X 0 X Even address 4-byte boundary X 0 0 8-byte boundary 0 0 0 X: 0 or 1 [Data Access] * Whether the address area locates in the internal area or the external area. * Length of data to be transferred: byte, word, double word * When the address area locates in the external area: Whether the external bus width = 16 bits or 8 bits: Number of waits The BIU controls the bus cycle depending on the above conditions. Figures 12 to 16 show the bus cycle waveform examples for instruction prefetch and data access. 19 20 Internal code bus CB0 to CB31 Internal address bus Address BIU Code When branched or at instruction prefetch Access to internal area 1 D0 to D7 Fig. 12 Bus cycle waveform example for instruction prefetch BHW 1 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D0 to D7 Address + 6 1 D0 to D7 A0 to A23 RD BLW BHW RD BLW BHW ALE D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D0 to D7 Address + 4 ALE D0 to D7 Address + 2 D0 to D7 Address D0 to D7 A0 to A23 D0 to D7 Address D0 to D7 Address + 1 D0 to D7 Address D0 to D7 Address + 1 D0 to D7 Address + 2 D0 to D7 Address + 3 When address of instruction to be prefetched locates at 4-byte boundary or 8-byte boundary: quadruple consecutive access BHW BLW When address of instruction to be prefetched locates at 8-byte boundary: quadruple consecutive access RD BLW RD ALE D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 1 A0 to A23 ALE D0 to D7 Address + 2 D0 to D7 Address D0 to D7 A0 to A23 When external data bus width = 8 bits When address is even address or when branched: double consecutive access Access to external area When address locates at 4-byte boundary or when branched: double consecutive access When external data bus width = 16 bits MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Access starting from even address Access starting from odd address BIU 8-bit data read Internal address bus BIU Address Internal data bus Internal address bus D0 to D7 DB0 to DB7 BIU 8-bit data written Internal address bus Internal address bus D0 to D7 DB0 to DB7 DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 DB8 to DB15 Access to internal area Internal address bus D0 to D7 Internal data bus DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 D8 to D15 DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 1 16-bit data written A0 to A23 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 BIU 32-bit data read Internal data bus DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 32-bit data written DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 Address + 1 Invalid D0 to D7 D8 to D15 Invalid Address Address + 1 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 BIU Address Internal address bus Address + 2 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 Internal data bus D8 to D15 D8 to D15 DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 Internal address bus Internal data bus D8 to D15 D8 to D15 BIU Internal address bus Internal data bus Address 1 Address D0 to D7 Internal address bus D8 to D15 BIU Address Internal data bus A0 to A23 Address Internal data bus BIU 16-bit data read D8 to D15 BIU Address Internal data bus Internal address bus Invalid DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 Invalid DB8 to DB15 Address Internal data bus Address Address + 1 Address + 3 Invalid D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 Invalid BIU Address Address + 2 Address D0 to D7 DB0 to DB7 DB8 to DB15 Address + 1 D8 to D15 Address + 3 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 Fig. 13 Bus cycle waveform example for data access (access to internal area) 21 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Access starting from even address 1 A0 to A23 8-bit data read 1 Address D0 to D7 Invalid D8 to D15 Invalid D8 to D15 D8 to D15 ALE ALE RD RD BLW BLW BHW BHW External data bus width = 16 bits D0 to D7 1 Address D0 to D7 ALE ALE RD RD BLW BLW BHW BHW 1 Address D0 to D7 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 1 Address A0 to A23 Address Address + 1 D0 to D7 D7 to D0 D0 to D7 Invalid D0 to D7 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 Invalid ALE ALE RD RD BLW BLW BHW BHW 1 A0 to A23 1 Address A0 to A23 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 ALE ALE RD RD BLW BLW BHW BHW Fig. 14 Bus cycle waveform example for data access (access to external area) (1) 22 A0 to A23 D8 to D15 A0 to A23 16-bit data written Address D0 to D7 1 16-bit data read A0 to A23 D0 to D7 A0 to A23 8-bit data written Access starting from odd address Address Address + 1 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Access starting from even address 1 External data bus width = 16 bits A0 to A23 32-bit data read 1 Address Address + 2 A0 to A23 Address Address + 1 Address + 3 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 Invalid D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 Invalid ALE ALE RD RD BLW BLW BHW BHW 1 A0 to A23 32-bit data written Access starting from odd address 1 Address Address + 2 A0 to A23 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 D8 to D15 ALE Address Address + 1 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 Address + 3 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 ALE RD RD BLW BLW BHW BHW Fig. 15 Bus cycle waveform example for data access (access to external area) (2) 23 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Access starting from even or odd address 1 A0 to A23 External data bus width = 8 bits D0 to D7 32/16/ 8-bit data read Address Address + 1 D0 to D7 Address + 2 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 Address + 3 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 (Note) ALE RD BLW BHW (Note) 8-bit data access 16-bit data access 32-bit data access 1 A0 to A23 D0 to D7 32/16/ 8-bit data written Address Address + 1 D0 to D7 Address + 2 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 Address + 3 D0 to D7 D8 to D15 (Note) ALE RD BLW BHW (Note) 8-bit data access 16-bit data access 32-bit data access Note: When the voltage level at pin BYTE = "L", functions as pins D8 to D15 are valid. However, when 8-bit width is selected as the external bus width by the chip select wait controller, the functions as pins D8 to D15 and BHW become invalid. (D8 to D15 = floating, BHW = "H" output.) When the voltage level at pin BYTE = "H", these pins function as programmable I/O port (P2, P33) pins. Fig. 16 Bus cycle waveform example for data access (access to external area) (3) 24 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Number of bus cycles Figure 17 shows the bus cycle waveform at access to the internal area. Bit 7 of the processor mode register 1 (address 5F16) selects the number of bus cycles for the internal ROM: 3 or 2. (This bit 7 is the internal ROM bus cycle select bit.) The internal RAM, SFRs (in- ternal peripheral devices' control registers) are always accessed with 1 bus cycle = 2. Figure 18 shows the bus cycle waveform at access to the external area. The bus cycle select bits 0, 1 (See the note in ___ Figure 18.) select the number of the bus cycles for each CSi area from 8 types of numbers. 1 bus cycle = 3 (Note) 1 bus cycle = 2 (Internal ROM bus cycle select bit = 0) (Internal ROM bus cycle select bit = 1) 1 bus cycle = 2 1 bus cycle = 3 BIU ROM Internal address bus BIU Internal address bus Address Internal data bus Internal code bus Internal data bus Internal code bus Data Address Data 1 bus cycle = 2 RAM BIU Internal address bus SFR Internal data bus Internal code bus Address Data Note: When reprogramming the internal flash memory in the CPU reprogramming mode, select the bus cycle = 3. Fig. 17 Bus cycle waveform at access to internal area 25 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Bus cycle select bit 0 Bus cycle select bit 1 = 0 Bus cycle select bit 1 = 1 Bus cycle 1 + 1 Bus cycle 2 + 3 1 bus cycle = 2 00 External address bus External data bus 1 External address bus Address CSi CSi RD BLW,BHW RD BLW,BHW ALE ALE 1 1 External address bus Address CSi CSi RD BLW,BHW RD BLW,BHW ALE ALE Data 1 bus cycle = 6 3 1 External address bus Address External data bus Data Address External data bus CSi CSi RD BLW,BHW RD BLW,BHW ALE ALE Data Bus cycle 3 + 4 1 bus cycle = 4 1 bus cycle = 7 4 3 1 1 External address bus Address External data bus Data External data bus CSi CSi RD BLW,BHW RD BLW,BHW ALE ALE Notes 1: The bus cycle type is determined by the following bits: * Areas out of area CSi : external bus cycle select bit 0 (bits 2 and 3 at address 5E16) external bus cycle select bit 1 (bit 0 at address 5F16) : area CSi bus cycle select bit 0 (bits 0 and 1 at addresses 8016, 8216, 8416, 8616) * Area CSi area CSi bus cycle select bit 1 (bit 3 at addresses 8116, 8316, 8516, 8716) 2: indicates the bus cycle, where the burst ROM access specification is enabled. Fig. 18 Bus cycle types at access to external area 26 3 1 Bus cycle 2 + 2 11 Address Bus cycle 3 + 3 1 bus cycle = 4 External address bus 4 External data bus Data Bus cycle 1 + 3 10 1 bus cycle = 6 2 External address bus External address bus Data Bus cycle 2 + 4 1 bus cycle = 3 External data bus Address External data bus Data Bus cycle 1 + 2 01 3 2 1 1 bus cycle = 5 Address Data MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Recovery cycle A recovery cycle which is equivalent to 1 or 2 cycles of 1 can be in___ serted after each area CSi's access cycle. Whether the recovery cycle is inserted or not is determined by the recovery cycle insert ___ select bit of each CSi control register L (bit 6 at addresses 8016, 8216, 8416, 8616). Also, the number of the recovery cycles is selected by the recovery-cycle-insert-number select bit of the processor mode register 1 (bit 6 at address 5F16). Figure 19 shows a waveform example when a recovery cycle is inserted. At double consecutive access Recovery cycle = 1 cycle of 1 At instruction prefetch At quadruple consecutive access Instruction prefetch A0 to A23 Recovery cycle Instruction prefetch Next access cycle 1 1 Address A0 to A23 Address + 2 ALE ALE RD RD Address Address + 2 When address locates at 4-byte boundary, or when branched. Instruction prefetch Recovery cycle 1 A0 to A23 Next access cycle Instruction prefetch Recovery cycle Next access cycle 1 Address Address + 2 Address + 4 Address + 6 A0 to A23 ALE ALE RD RD Address Address + 2 Address + 4 Address + 6 When address locates at 8-byte boundary. Access cycle At data access Recovery cycle = 2 cycles of 1 Recovery Next access cycle cycle Recovery cycle Next access cycle A0 to A23 Access cycle Recovery cycle Next access cycle 1 1 Address A0 to A23 ALE ALE RD, BLW, BHW RD, BLW, BHW Address Notes 1: The recovery cycle insert is specified by the recovery cycle insert select bit and the recovery-cycle-insert-number select bit (bits 4 and 6 at address 5F16). Recovery cycle insertion is valid only at access to area CSi. 2: The above is applied when 1 bus cycle = 2. Fig. 19 Waveform example when recovery cycle is inserted 27 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Burst ROM access When ROM supporting the burst ROM access has been allocated to ___ area CSi, the burst ROM access can be specified. The burst ROM ___ access is specified by each burst ROM access select bit of the CSi control register L (bit 5 at addresses 8016, 8216, 8416, 8616). The burst ROM access is valid only when the external data bus width = 16 bits with an instruction prefetched. In the other cases, the normal access is performed regardless of the contents of the burst ROM access select bit. The burst ROM access can be specified only in the case of in Figure 18. At quadruple consecutive access (a) Figure 20 shows a waveform example at burst ROM access. When an instruction is prefetched from the burst ROM, 8 bytes are fetched starting from an 8-byte boundary (the low-order 3 bits of address, A2, A1, A0 = "000") in waveform (a). When branched, regardless of the 8-byte boundary of the branch destination address, access starting from the 4-byte boundary (the low-order 2 bits of address, A1, A0 = "00") is performed in waveform (b). Once the 8-byte boundary has been selected, instructions will be prefetched in waveform (a) until a branch. 1 RD External address bus (A0 to A23) Address Address Address Address External data bus (D0 to D7) (Instruction) External data bus (D8 to D15) Data Data Data Data (Instruction) (Instruction) (Instruction) (Instruction) Data Data Data Data (Instruction) (Instruction) (Instruction) Note: The above is applied when 1 bus cycle = 2. At double consecutive access (b) 1 RD External address bus (A0 to A23) Address Address External data bus (D0 to D7) Data Data (Instruction) (Instruction) External data bus (D8 to D15) Data Data (Instruction) (Instruction) Note: The above is applied when 1 bus cycle = 2. Notes 1: The burst ROM access is selected by the burst ROM access select bit (bit 5 at addresses 8016, 8216, 8416, 8616). 2: The burst ROM access can be selected only in the case of in Figure 18. Fig. 20 Waveform example at burst ROM access 28 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Address output selection As shown in Figure 21, the unnecessary state change of address output pins (A0 to A23) can be avoided, without outputting an address at access to the internal area. When the address output select bit of the particular function select register 1 (bit 4 at address 6316) is set to "1", an address is output only at access to the external area. Also, at access to the internal area, the address at the preceding access to the external area is retained. The address output start timing in this case is the half cycle of 1 later than that at the normal access (when the address output select bit = "0"). For the bit structure of the particular function select register 1, refer to the section on the standby function. Also, at the normal access, an address is output at both of the access to the internal and external areas. Access to external area Access to internal area Access to external area 1 Address output select bit = 0 A0 to A23 Address Undefined Undefined Address RD, BLW,BHW Address output select bit = 1 (Address waveform changes only when external access is generated.) A0 to A23 Address Address RD, BLW,BHW Fig. 21 Waveform example depending on address output function selection 29 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SHINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Area multiplication of an address (LA0 to LA7) are output, and the low-order 8 bits of data (D0 to D7) are input/output with the time-sharing method, respectively. Figure 22 shows a waveform example of area multiplication for each bus cycle. Do not select the area multiplication function for a bus cycle not shown in Figure 22. ___ When area CS2's external data bus width = 8 bits with the multi___ plexed bus select bit of the CS2 control register H (bit 5 at address 8516) = "1", the external bus type can be changed to the multiplexed ___ bus type only at access to area CS2. In this case, the low-order 8 bits Area CS2 bus Bus cycle cycle select select bit 0 bit 0 Multiplexed bus select bit = 1 1 bus cycle = 4 Bus cycle 2 + 2 2 2 1 External address bus 0 11 Address At write, LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 LA0 to LA7 At read, LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 LA0 to LA7 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 CSi RD, BLW ALE Bus cycle 3 + 3 1 bus cycle = 6 3 3 1 External address bus 1 10 Address At write, LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 LA0 to LA7 At read, LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 LA0 to LA7 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 CSi RD, BLW ALE Bus cycle 3 + 4 1 bus cycle = 7 3 4 1 External address bus 1 11 Address At write, LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 LA0 to LA7 At read, LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 LA0 to LA7 CSi RD, BLW ALE Notes 1: The number of bus cycles is determined by the following bits: * Area CS2 bus cycle select bit 0 (bits 0 and 1 at address 8416) * Area CS2 bus cycle select bit 1 (bit 3 at address 8516) Area multiplication is specified by the multiplexed bus select bit (bit 5 at address 8516). 2: Do not select the area multiplication function for a bus cycle not shown in Figure 22. Fig. 22 Waveform example of area multiplication for each bus cycle 30 D0 to D7 D0 to D7 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER PROCESSOR MODES function as these devices' I/O pins.) In this mode, only the internal area (SFRs, internal RAM, internal ROM) is accessible. In the memory expansion and microprocessor modes, external devices assigned in the external memory area can be connected via buses. Therefore, ports P0 to P4, P10, P11 function as I/O pins for the address bus, data bus, bus control signals. (Some port functions are selectable.) Table 4 lists each bus control signal's function. In the memory expansion mode, all of the internal area (SFRs, internal RAM, internal ROM) and external area are accessible. In the microprocessor mode, the internal area except for the internal ROM (in other words, SFRs and internal RAM) and the external area are accessible. Note that, when the external devices are located to an area where the internal area and external area overlap, only the internal area can be read/written; the external area cannot be read/written. Any of the three processor modes (single-chip mode, memory expansion mode, microprocessor mode) can be selected with the following: * Processor mode bits of the processor mode register 0 (bits 1 and 0 at address 5E16; Figure 24) * Voltage level applied to pin MD0 Table 3 lists the selection method of a processor mode. The memory map which the CPU can access depends on the selected processor mode. Figure 23 shows the memory maps in three processor modes. Also, the functions of ports P0 to P4, P10, P11 depend on the selected processor mode. For details, see Tables 5 and 6. Figures 24 to 26 show the bit configurations of the processor mode registers 0, 1, and port function control register. In the single-chip mode, ports P0 to P4, P10, P11 function as I/O ports. (While the internal peripheral devices are used, these ports Single-chip mode Memory expansion mode Microprocessor mode SFR area SFR area SFR area Internal RAM area Internal RAM area 016 FF16 Unused area Internal RAM area Unused area Internal ROM area Internal ROM area FEFFFF16 FF000016 FFFFFF16 Reserved area Reserved area (Note) (Note) SFR area : Internal peripheral devices' control registers are allocated here. External area : Access to this area enables the access to the devices which are connected with the external. Note: Do not access this area (bank FF16). Fig. 23 Memory maps in three processor modes 31 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Table 3. Selection method of processor mode MD0 VSS VCC Processor mode bits 00 01 10 10 (Note 1) (Note 2) Processor mode Description Single-chip mode Memory expansion mode Microprocessor mode Microprocessor mode After reset is removed, the single-chip mode is selected. By changing the processor mode bits' contents by software, the memory expansion mode or microprocessor mode can be selected. After reset is removed, the microprocessor mode is selected. Notes 1: Processor mode bits = bits 0 and 1 of the processor mode register 0 (address 5E16) 2: While the Vcc level voltage is applied to pin MD0, the processor mode bits are fixed to "10". Table 4. Each bus control signal's function Signal RD I/O Function Output Read signal. Outputs "L" at read from the external area. Remarks BLW BHW ALE Output Write signal. Outputs "L" at write to the external area. For operation differences between BLW and BHW depending on the external data bus width, see Table 5. In order to latch an address with signal ALE, do as follows: * While ALE = "H", be sure to open a latch, so the address will pass it. * While ALE = "L", be sure to hold the address. 1 Output Internal standard clock's output. Outputs system clock (fsys). Input Ready signal. The "L" level period of the last 1 in the access cycle for the external area (in other words, "L" level period of RD, BLW, BHW) will be extended while "L" level voltage is applied to this pin. Input Hold request signal. Appliance of "L" level voltage will generate a hold request; appliance of "H" level voltage will request to terminate the hold state. Output Hold acknowledge signal. Outputs "L" in the hold state. RDY HOLD HDLA CS0-CS3 BYTE 32 Output Address latch enable signal. Outputs "H" level pulse in the period just before signals RD, BLW, BHW become "L". This is used to latch an address in an external circuit. Output Chip select signal. Outputs "L" in access to the specified chip select area. Input Input signal to select the external data bus width. When this pin's level = Vss, 16-bit width will be selected; and when Vcc, 8-bit width will be selected. Acceptance and termination of a hold request is performed at completion of the bus cycle while the BIU operates. In the hold state, A0-A23, D0-D15, RD, BLW, BHW, ALE, CS0-CS3 enter the floating state. At termination of the hold state, simultaneously with the timing when HLDA becomes "H" level, the above floating state is terminated. Then, bus access will be restarted 1 cycle of 1 after. In the hold state, also, the CPU operates with access to the internal area. If the CPU accesses the external area, in the hold state, the CPU stops its operation. For details, refer to the section on the chip select wait controller. When BYTE = Vss level, by the register setting, each chip select area (CS1 to CS3) can have the 8-bit data bus, independently. For details, refer to the section on the chip select wait controller. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Memory area Table 5. Relationship between processor modes, memory area, and port function (1) Single-chip mode Memory expansion mode VSS level voltage is applied VSS level voltage is applied Pin MD0 Mode (Note 1) Processor mode 00 01 bits (Note 2) SFR area SFR area SFR area Internal RAM area Internal RAM area Internal RAM area Internal ROM area Internal ROM area Internal ROM area (Do not access.) External memory area Other area I/O port pins P100 to P107 Low-order address (A0 to A7) is output. Port pins P100 to P107 I/O port pins P110 to P117 Middle-order address (A 8 to A15 ) is Port pins P110 to P117 output. I/O port pins P110 to P117 (Note 3) I/O port pins P0 0 to P0 7 High-order address (A16 to A23) is outPort pins P00 to P07 put. I/O port pins P00 to P07 (Note 3) External data bus I/O port pins P10 to P17 Low-order data (D 0 to D 7 , data at width = 16 bits even address) is input/output. Low-order data (D 0 to D 7 , data at External data bus even/odd address) is input/output. Port pins width = 8 bits Low-order address (LA0 to LA7) is outP10 to P17 put. Low-order data (D0 to D7, data at even/odd address) is input/output (Note 4). External data bus I/O port pins P20 to P27 High-order data (D8 to D 15, data at width = 16 bits odd address) is input/output. Port pins I/O port pins P20 to P27 (Note 5) P20 to P27 External data bus width = 8 bits I/O port pin P30 I/O port pin P30 Port pin P30 Ready signal RDY is input (Note 6). I/O port pin P31 Port pin P31 Read signal RD is output. Write signal BLW (write to even adExternal data bus I/O port pin P32 dress) is output. Port pin width = 16 bits P32 External data bus Write signal BLW (write to even/odd width = 8 bits address) is output. Write signal BHW (write to odd adExternal data bus I/O port pin P33 dress) is output. Port pin width = 16 bits P33 External data bus I/O port pin P33 (Note 5) width = 8 bits Microprocessor mode VCC level voltage is applied 10 SFR area Internal RAM area External memory area External memory area Low-order address (A0 to A7) is output. Middle-order address (A 8 to A15) is output. I/O port pins P110 to P117 (Note 3) High-order address (A16 to A23) is output. I/O port pins P00 to P07 (Note 3) Low-order data (D 0 to D 7 , data at even address) is input/output. Low-order data (D 0 to D 7 , data at even/odd address) is input/output. Low-order address (LA0 to LA7) is output. Low-order data (D0 to D7, data at even/odd address) is input/output (Note 4). High-order data (D8 to D15, data at odd address) is input/output. I/O port pins P20 to P27 (Note 5) Ready signal RDY is input. I/O port pin P30 (Note 6) Read signal RD is output Write signal BLW (write to even address) is output. Write signal BLW (write to even/odd address) is output. Write signal BHW (write to odd address) is output. I/O port pin P33 (Note 5) 33 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Table 6. Relationship between processor modes, memory area, and port function (2) Single-chip mode I/O port pin P40 Memory expansion mode I/O port pin P40 I/O port pin P41 Clock 1 is output (Note 6). I/O port pin P42 Address latch enable signal ALE is output (Note 6). I/O port pin P41 Clock 1 is output (Note 6). I/O port pin P42 I/O port pin P43 Hold acknowledge signal HLDA is output (Note 6). I/O port pin P43 Port pin P40 Port pin P41 Port pin P42 Port pin P43 Port pin P44 I/O port pin P44 Port pins P45 to P47 I/O port pins P45 to P47 Hold request signal HOLD is input (Note 6). I/O port pin P44 Chip select signal CS0 is output (Note 7). I/O port pins P45 to P47 Chip select signals CS1 to CS3 are output (Note 8). Microprocessor mode Address latch enable signal ALE is output. I/O port pin P40 (Note 6) Clock 1 is output. I/O port pin P41 (Note 6) Hold acknowledge signal HLDA is output. I/O port pin P42 (Note 6) Hold request signal Signal HOLD is input. I/O port pin P43 (Note 6) Chip select signal CS0 is output. I/O port pin P45 to P47 Chip select signals CS1 to CS3 are output (Note 8). Notes 1: For details of the processor mode setting, see Table 3. 2: Processor mode bits = bits 0 and 1 of the processor mode register 0 (address 5E16). 3: The middle-order/high-order address output pins in the memory expansion or microprocessor mode can be switched to I/O port pins by the address/port switch select bits of the port function control register (bits 2 to 0 at address 9216). 4: When the external data bus width for the chip select area, CS2, has been set to 8 bits, only in the access to area CS2, by the multiplexed bus select bit of the CS2 control register H (bit 5 at address 8516), a multiplexed bus which performs the following operations with the time-sharing method is realized: * Output of address LA0 to LA7 * Input/Output of data D0 to D7 5: When one of areas CS1/CS2/CS3 is accessed under the following conditions, pins D8 to D15 enter the floating state, and pin BHW outputs "H" level. (They do not become I/O port pins.) * Pin BYTE is at Vss level. * One of bit 2s at addresses 8216, 8416, 8616 (the external data bus width select bit of the CS1/CS2/CS3 control register L) is set to "1" (external data bus width = 8 bits). 6: In the memory expansion mode, by the corresponding select bits of the processor mode register 0 and 1 (addresses 5E16, 5F16), port pins P30, P40 to P43 can operate as pins for RDY input, ALE output, 1 output, HLDA output, HOLD input, respectively. In the microprocessor mode, by the above select bits, the above pins (RDY, ALE, 1, HLDA, HOLD) can operate as port pins P30, P40 to P43, respectively. In the single-chip mode, port pin P41 can operate as the 1 output pin by the above select bits. 7: In the memory expansion mode, port pin P44 can operate as the CS0 output pin by the CS0 output select bit of the CS0 control register L (bit 7 at address 8016). 8: In the memory expansion and microprocessor modes, port pins P45 to P47 can operate as the CS1/CS2/CS3 output pins by the CSi output select bits (i = 1 to 3) (bit 7s at addresses 8216, 8416, 8616). 34 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Processor mode register 0 Address 5E16 Processor mode bits (Note 1) 0 0 : Single-chip mode 0 1 : Memory expansion mode 1 0 : Microprocessor mode 1 1 : Do not select. External bus cycle select bit 0 (Note 2) See Figure 18. Interrupt priority detection time select bits 0 0 : 7 cycles of fsys 0 1 : 4 cycles of fsys 1 0 : 2 cycles of fsys 1 1 : Do not select. Software reset bit By a write of "1" to this bit, the microcomputer will be reset, and then, restarted. Clock 1 output select bit (Note 3) 0 : 1 output is disabled. (P41 functions as an programmable I/O port pin.) 1 : 1 output is enabled. (P41 functions as the clock 1 output pin.) Notes 1: While VSS level voltage is applied to pin MD0, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC level voltage is applied to pin MD0, on the other hand, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. (Fixed to "1".) 2: These bits are valid to the external area except for chip select area (area CSi). The bus cycle of area CSi is selected by the corresponding area CSi bus cycle select bits 0, 1. 3: While VSS level voltage is applied to pin MD0, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC level voltage is applied to pin MD0, on the other hand, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. Fig. 24 Bit configuration of processor mode register 0 35 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Processor mode register 1 Address 5F16 External bus cycle select bit 1 (Note 1) See Figure 18. Direct page register switch bit (Note 2) 0 : Only DPR0 is used. 1 : DPR0 to DPR3 are used. RDY input select bit (Notes 3 to 5) 0 : RDY input is disabled. (P30 functions as a programmable I/O port pin.) 1 : RDY input is enabled. (P30 functions as pin RDY.) ALE output select bit (Notes 3 and 4) 0 : ALE output is disabled. (P40 functions as a programmable I/O port pin.) 1 : ALE output is enabled. (P40 functions as pin ALE.) Recovery cycle insert select bit (Notes 3 and 4) 0 : No recovery cycle is inserted at access to the external area. 1 : Recovery cycle is inserted at access to the external area. HOLD input, HLDA output select bit (Notes 3 to 5) 0 : HOLD input and HLDA output are disabled. (P43 and P42 function as programmable I/O port pins.) 1 : HOLD input and HLDA output are enabled. (P43 and P42 function as pins HOLD and HLDA, respectively.) Recovery-cycle-insert number select bit (Note 6) 0 : 1 cycle 1 : 2 cycles Internal ROM bus cycle select bit (Note 7) 0 : 3 1 : 2 Notes 1: This bit is valid to the external area except for chip select areas (area CSi), and the bus cycle of area CSi is independent of this bit's contents. The bus cycle of area CSi is selected by the corresponding area CSi bus cycle select bits 0, 1 (bits 0, 1 at addresses 8016, 8216, 8416, 8616; bit 3 at addresses 8116, 8316, 8516, 8716). 2: After reset, this bit's contents can be switched only once. During the software execution, be sure not to switch this bit's contents. 3: In the single-chip mode, these bits' functions are disabled regardless of these bits' contents. 4: While VSS level voltage is applied to pin MD0, each of these bits is "0" at reset. While VCC level voltage is applied to pin MD0, on the other hand, each of these bits is "1" at reset. 5: In the memory expansion or microprocessor mode, if this bit's contents is switched from "1" to "0", this bit will be cleared to "0". After this clearance, this bit cannot return to "1". If it is necessary to set this bit to "1", be sure to reset the microcomputer. 6: The program which switches this bit's contents must be assigned to the internal area. 7: In the microprocessor mode, this bit is invalid. When the internal flash memory is reprogrammed in the CPU reprogramming mode, be sure to clear this bit to "0". Fig. 25 Bit configuration of processor mode register 1 36 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 0 0 4 3 2 1 0 Port function control register Address 9216 At reset 0016 Address/Port switch select bits 000 : A0 to A23 (16 Mbytes) 001 : A0 to A21, P06, P07 (4 Mbytes) 010 : A0 to A19, P04 to P07 (1 Mbytes) 011 : A0 to A17, P02 to P07 (256 Kbytes) 100 : A0 to A15, P00 to P07 (64 Kbytes) 101 : Do not select. 110 : A0 to A11, P00 to P07, P114 to P117 (4 Kbytes) 111 : A0 to A7, P00 to P07, P110 to P117 (256 bytes) Port P0 input level select bit 0 : VIH = 0.7VCC, VIL = 0.2VCC 1 : VIH = 0.43VCC (Note 1), VIL = 0.16VCC Pins P44-P47 pullup select bit (Notes 2 and 3) 0 : Pins P44-P47 are pulled up. 1 : Pins P44-P47 are not pulled up. Fix these bits to "0". Pin NMI pullup select bit (Note 2) 0 : Pin NMI is pulled up. 1 : Pin NMI is not pulled up. Notes 1: For the M37902FxM (power source voltage = 3.3 V0.3 V), VIH = 0.5VCC. 2: When MD1 = VCC and MD0 = VCC (flash memory parallel I/O mode), pins P44 to P47 and NMI are not pulled up, regardless of these bits' contents. 3: When MD1 = VSS and MD0 = VCC (microprocessor mode), pin CS0 (P44) is not pulled up, regardless of the bit's contents. Fig. 26 Bit configuration of port function control register 37 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Chip select wait controller By the control of the chip select wait controller (CSWC), the chip select function for the maximum of 4 blocks can be set at the bus access to the external area. Also, by the setting of the CSWC, port pins P44 to P47 can operate as chip select output pins (CS0 to CS3). Figure 27 shows a chip select output waveform example. This chip select function determines the following items of the chip select area: start address, address's block size, wait number, external data bus width, RDY control validity, burst ROM specification, recovery cycle insertion validity, and area multiplication validity. For the external area except for areas CS0 to CS3, the processor mode registers 0, 1 determine the above items. After reset is removed, when the microcomputer starts it's operation in the microprocessor mode, area CS0 is automatically selected. Table 7 lists the function of areas CS0 to CS3. Figure 28 shows the bit configuration of the CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 control register Ls. These registers determine the following items of a device to be connected: wait number, external data bus width (Note: The external data bus width of area CS0 is determined by pin BYTE's level.), RDY control validity, burst ROM access specification, recovery cycle insertion validity, and output validity of CS0 to CS3. Figure 29 shows the bit configuration of the CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 control register Hs. These registers determine block size, etc. of an external area to be connected. For areas CS0 to CS2, by selecting mode 1 with the area CSk setting mode select bit, an chip select area can be set to the external area in bank 0. Figures 30 shows the bit configuration of the area CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 start address registers. For details of these addresses' setting, see Figures 31 to 33. 38 When area CSi is accessed One access cycle 1 A0 to A23 Address CSi ALE RD, BLW, BHW When the same area CSi is accessed sequentially One access cycle One access cycle Address Address + 2 1 A0 to A23 CSi ALE RD, BLW, BHW Fig. 27 Chip select output waveform example MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Table 7. Function of areas CS0 to CS3 CS0 Mode 0 Banks 216 to FE16 128 Kbytes, 256 Kbytes, 512 Kbytes, 1 Mbytes, 2 Mbytes, 4 Mbytes, or 8 Mbytes Mode 1 Bank 016 CS1, CS2 Mode 0 Banks 216 to FE16 128 Kbytes, 256 Kbytes, 512 Kbytes, 1 Mbytes, 2 Mbytes, 4 Mbytes, or 8 Mbytes Mode 1 Bank 016 CS3 External area except for CS0 to CS3 Bus cycle Bus cycle: *1 + 1 *1 + 2 *1 + 3 *2 + 2 *2 + 3 *2 + 4 *3 + 3 *3 + 4 (Selected by bits 0, 1 at address 8016 and bit 3 at address 8116.) Bus cycle: *1 + 1 *1 + 2 *1 + 3 *2 + 2 *2 + 3 *2 + 4 *3 + 3 *3 + 4 (Selected by bits 0, 1 at addresses 8216, 8416 and bit 3 at addresses 8316, 8516.) External data bus width Determined by pin BYTE's level. When BYTE = VSS level, 8-bit width or 16-bit width can be selected arbitrary (Note 1). (Selected by bit 2 at addresses 8216, 8416.) RDY control Valid (Selected by bit 2 at address 5F16 and bit 3 at address 8016.) Valid (Selected by bit 2 at address 5F16 and bit 3 at addresses 8216, 8416.) Burst ROM access (Notes 2, 3) Recovery cycle insertion Area multiplexed bus access (Note 3) Address output selection (Note 5) Available. Available. Banks 216 to FE16 128 Kbytes, 256 Kbytes, 512 Kbytes, 1 Mbytes, 2 Mbytes, 4 Mbytes, or 8 Mbytes Bus cycle: *1 + 1 *1 + 2 *1 + 3 *2 + 2 *2 + 3 *2 + 4 *3 + 3 *3 + 4 (Selected by bits 0, 1 at address 8616 and bit 3 at address 8716.) When BYTE = VSS level, 8-bit width or 16-bit width can be selected arbitrary (Note 1). (Selected by bit 2 at address 8616.) Valid (Selected by bit 2 at address 5F16 and bit 3 at address 8616.) Available. Available. Available. Available. Available. Not available. CS1: Not available. CS2: Available. (Note 4) Available. Not available. Not available. Available. Available. Space where start address can be set Block size Available. 128 Kbytes, 256 Kbytes, 512 Kbytes, 1 Mbytes, 2 Mbytes, 4 Mbytes, or 8 Mbytes 4 Kbytes or 8 Kbytes Bus cycle: *1 + 1 *1 + 2 *1 + 3 *2 + 2 *2 + 3 *2 + 4 *3 + 3 *3 + 4 (Selected by bits 2, 3 at address 5E16 and bit 0 at address 5F16.) Determined by pin BYTE's level Valid (Selected by bit 2 at address 5F16.) Not available. Notes 1: When BYTE = Vcc level, the external data bus width is fixed to 8 bits. 2: Burst ROM access is valid only when the external data bus width is 16 bits at instruction prefetch. 3: Burst ROM access and area multiplexed bus access cannot be used at the same time. 4: Valid only when area CS2 is accessed with the 8-bit external data bus width. 5: Selected by the address output select bit (bit 4 at address 6316). The address output selection for each area is not available. 39 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CS0 control register L Address 8016 At reset 4216 Area CS0 bus cycle select bit 0 See Figure 18. External data bus width select bit (Note 1) 0 : 16-bit width 1 : 8-bit width RDY control bit (Note 2) 0 : RDY control is valid. 1 : RDY control is invalid. "0" at read. Burst ROM access select bit (Note 3) 0 : Normal access 1 : Burst ROM access Recovery cycle insert select bit 0 : No recovery cycle is inserted at access to area CS0. 1 : Recovery cycle is inserted at access to area CS0. CS0 output select bit (Notes 4, 5) 0 : CS0 output is disabled. (P44 functions as a programmble I/O port pin.) 1 : CS0 output is enabled. (P44 functions as pin CS0.) Notes 1: While VSS level voltage is applied to pin BYTE, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC level voltage is applied to pin BYTE, on the other hand, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. 2: This bit is valid when the RDY input select bit (bit 2 at address 5F16) = "1". 3: While VCC level voltage is applied to pin BYTE, the normal access is selected regardless of this bit's contents. 4: In the single-chip mode, this bit's contents are invalid. (CS0 output is disabled.) 5: While VSS level voltage is applied to pin MD0, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC level voltage is applied to pin MD0, on the other hand, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. (Fixed to "1".) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CS1 control register L CS2 control register L CS3 control register L Address 8216 8416 8616 At reset 4216 4216 4216 Area CSj bus cycle select bit 0 (j = 1 to 3) See Figure 18. External data bus width select bit 0 : 16-bit width 1 : 8-bit width (Note 1) RDY control bit (Note 2) 0 : RDY control is valid. 1 : RDY control is invalid. "0" at reading. Burst ROM access select bit (Note 3) 0 : Normal access 1 : Burst ROM access Recovery cycle insert select bit 0 : No recovery cycle is inserted at access to area CSj. 1 : Recovery cycle is inserted at access to area CSj. CSj output select bit (j = 1 to 3) (Note 4) 0 : CSj output is disabled. (P45 to P47 function as programmable I/O port pins.) 1 : CSj output is enabled. (P45 to P47 function as pin CSj.) Notes 1: While VCC level voltage is applied to pin BYTE, this bit is fixed to "1" (8-bit width). 2: This bit is valid when the RDY input select bit (bit 2 at address 5F16) = "1". 3: When only the external data bus width select bit (bit 2) = "1" or while VCC level voltage is applied to pin BYTE, the normal access is selected regardless of this bit's contents. 4: In the single-chip mode, this bit's contents are invalid. (CS0 output is disabled.) Fig. 28 Bit configuration of CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 control register Ls 40 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CS0 control register H Address 8116 At reset 8116 Area CS0 block size select bit When mode 1 is selected When mode 0 is selected 0 0 0 : 0 byte (Area CS0 is invalid.) 0 0 0 : 0 byte (Area CS0 is invalid.) 0 0 1 : 128 Kbytes 0 0 1 : 128 Kbytes 0 1 0 : 256 Kbytes 0 1 0 : 256 Kbytes 0 1 1 : 512 Kbytes 0 1 1 : 512 Kbytes 1 0 0 : 1 Mbytes 1 0 0 : 1 Mbytes 1 0 1 : 2 Mbytes 1 0 1 : 2 Mbytes 1 1 0 : 4 Mbytes 1 1 0 : 4 Mbytes 1 1 1 : 8 Mbytes 1 1 1 : 8 Mbytes Area CS0 bus cycle select bit 1 See Figure 18. "0" at read. Area CS0 setting mode select bit 0 : Mode 0 (A block can be set to 16-Mbyte space.) 1 : Mode 1 (Area CS0 start address can be set to bank 0.) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address 8316 CS1 control register H 0 At reset 0016 Area CS1 block size select bit When mode 0 is selected When mode 1 is selected 0 0 0 : 0 byte (Area CS1 is invalid.) 0 0 0 : 0 byte (Area CS1 is invalid.) 0 0 1 : 128 Kbytes 0 0 1 : Do not select. 0 1 0 : 256 Kbytes 0 1 0 : Do not select. 0 1 1 : 512 Kbytes 0 1 1 : Do not select. 1 0 0 : 1 Mbytes 1 0 0 : 4 Kbytes 1 0 1 : 2 Mbytes 1 0 1 : 8 Kbytes 1 1 0 : 4 Mbytes 1 1 0 : Do not select. 1 1 1 : 8 Mbytes 1 1 1 : Do not select. Area CS1 bus cycle select bit 1 See Figure 18. "0" at read. Must be fixed to "0". Area CS1 setting mode select bit 0 : Mode 0 (A block can be set to 16-Mbyte space in a unit of 128 Kbytes.) 1 : Mode 1 (A block can be set to bank 0 in a unit of 4 Kbytes.) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address 8516 CS2 control register H At reset 0016 Area CS2 block size select bit When mode 0 is selected When mode 1 is selected 0 0 0 : 0 byte (Area CS2 is invalid.) 0 0 0 : 0 byte (Area CS2 is invalid.) 0 0 1 : 128 Kbytes 0 0 1 : Do not select. 0 1 0 : 256 Kbytes 0 1 0 : Do not select. 0 1 1 : 512 Kbytes 0 1 1 : Do not select. 1 0 0 : 1 Mbytes 1 0 0 : 4 Kbytes 1 0 1 : 2 Mbytes 1 0 1 : 8 Kbytes 1 1 0 : 4 Mbytes 1 1 0 : Do not select. 1 1 1 : 8 Mbytes 1 1 1 : Do not select. Area CS2 bus cycle select bit 1 See Figure 18. "0" at read. Multiplexed bus select bit 0 : Separated bus (D0 to D7 are input/output.) 1 : Multiplexed bus (When the CS2 external data bus width = 8 bits with area CS2 accessed, LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 are input/output.) Area CS2 setting mode select bit 0 : Mode 0 (A block can be set to 16-Mbyte space in a unit of 128 Kbytes.) 1 : Mode 1 (A block can be set to bank 0 in a unit of 4 Kbytes.) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CS3 control register H Address 8716 At reset 0016 Area CS3 block size select bit 0 0 0 : 0 byte (Area CS3 is invalid.) 0 0 1 : 128 Kbytes 0 1 0 : 256 Kbytes 0 1 1 : 512 Kbytes 1 0 0 : 1 Mbytes 1 0 1 : 2 Mbytes 1 1 0 : 4 Mbytes 1 1 1 : 8 Mbytes Area CS3 bus cycle select bit 1 See Figure 18. "0" at read. Fig. 29 Bit configuration of CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 control register Hs 41 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Area CS0 start address register Address 8A16 At reset 1016 "0" at read. When mode 0 is selected, these bits determine A16 to A23 of the area CS0 start address. When mode 1 is selected, these bits determine A8 to A15 of the area CS0 start address. Any of the following values can be set to these bits: "1016", "2016", "4016", and "8016". (Bits 0 to 3 are always "0" at read.) Note: Do not set a value other than "1016", "2016", "4016", and "8016". See Figure 31. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Area CS1 start address register Area CS2 start address register Address 8C16 8E16 At reset 0016 0016 "0" at read. When mode 0 is selected, these bits determine A16 to A23 of the area CS1/CS2 start address. When mode 1 is selected, these bits determine A8 to A15 of the area CS1/CS2 start address. (Bit 0 is always "0" at read.) Note: The start address setting depends on the block size, which has been selected by the area CS1/CS2 block size select bits (bits 0 to 2 at address 8316, bits 0 to 2 at address 8516). See Figures 32 and 33. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Area CS3 start address register Address 9016 At reset 0016 "0" at read. These bits determine A16 to A23 of the area CS3 start address. (Bit 0 is always "0" at read.) Note: The start address setting depends on the block size, which has been selected by the area CS3 block size select bits (bits 0 to 2 at address 8716). See Figure 33. Fig. 30 Bit configuration of area CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 start address registers 42 7FFFFF16 3FFFFF16 1FFFFF16 FFFFF16 7FFFF16 3FFFF16 1FFFF16 016 100016 256K bytes Block size 512K bytes 1M bytes 2M bytes 4M bytes 8M bytes 200016 128K bytes 256K bytes 512K bytes 1M bytes Block size 2M bytes 4M bytes Start address : 400016 8M bytes 400016 256K bytes 512K bytes 1M bytes Block size 2M bytes 4M bytes Start address : 800016 800016 128K bytes Value to be set to area CS0 start address register = "8016" 8M bytes Area CS0 cannot be assigned here. 128K bytes Value to be set to area CS0 start address register = "4016" Note: When an area where area CS0 and the internal area overlap is accessed, the internal area will be accessed. In this case, pin CS0 outputs "H" level. 128K bytes Start address : 200016 Value to be set to area CS0 start address register = "2016" Start address : 100016 Value to be set to area CS0 start address register = "1016" 256K bytes 512K bytes 1M bytes Block size 2M bytes 4M bytes 8M bytes MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Fig. 31 Area CS0 (mode 1) 43 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Block size : 4 Kbytes Addresses which can be start address (Address FFFF16 is not included; Note 1) Block size : 8 Kbytes Addresses which can be start address (Address FFFF16 is not included; Note 1) 016 016 4 Kbytes 8 Kbytes 100016 200016 200016 300016 400016 400016 500016 600016 600016 700016 800016 800016 E00016 F00016 (FFFF16) Fig. 32 Area CS1/CS2 (mode 1) 44 (FFFF16) Notes 1: Only A8 to A15 of one of these addresses can be set to the area CS1/CS2 start address register. Do not set another address not shown here. 2: When an area where area CS1/CS2 and the internal area overlap is accessed, the internal area will be accessed. In this case, pin CS1/CS2 outputs "H" level. Block size : 128 Kbytes Block size : 256 Kbytes F0000016 (FF000016) (FFFFFF16) (FF000016) (FFFFFF16) FE000016 (FF000016) (FFFFFF16) Block size : 2 Mbytes E0000016 C0000016 A0000016 80000016 60000016 40000016 20000016 (016) Addresses which can be start address (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) Block size : 4 Mbytes (FF000016) (FFFFFF16) C0000016 80000016 40000016 (016) Addresses which can be start address (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) Block size : 8 Mbytes (FF000016) (FFFFFF16) 80000016 (016) Addresses which can be start address (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) Notes 1: Only A16 to A23 of one of these addresses can be set to the area CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 start address register. Do not set another address not shown here. 2: When an area where area CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 and the internal area overlap is accessed, the internal area will be accessed. In this case, pin CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 outputs "H" level. : Reserved area. Do not access this area. : Area CS0/CS1/CS2/CS3 cannot be assigned here. (FF000016) (FFFFFF16) ;;; ;;;;;; ;;; ;;;;;; ;;; ; E0000016 FC000016 FC000016 (FF000016) (FFFFFF16) D0000016 FA000016 C0000016 F8000016 F8000016 F8000016 B0000016 A0000016 90000016 F6000016 12000016 80000016 10000016 10000016 10000016 70000016 E000016 60000016 C000016 C000016 50000016 A000016 40000016 8000016 8000016 30000016 6000016 8000016 (016) 20000016 (016) Block size : 1 Mbytes Addresses which can be start address (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) 4000016 4000016 Block size : 512 Kbytes Addresses which can be start address (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) 10000016 (016) Addresses which can be start address (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) 2000016 (016) Addresses which can be start address (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Fig. 33 Area CS0/CS1/CS2 (mode 0) and area CS3 45 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER INTERRUPTS Table 8 shows the interrupt sources and the corresponding interrupt vector addresses. Reset is also handled as a type of interrupt in this section, too. DBC and BRK instruction are interrupts used only for debugging. Therefore, do not use these interrupts. Interrupts other than reset, watchdog timer, zero divide, NMI, and address matching detection all have interrupt control registers. Table 9 shows the addresses of the interrupt control registers and Figure 35 shows the bit configuration of the interrupt control register. The interrupt request bit is automatically cleared by the hardware during reset or when processing an interrupt. Also, interrupt request bits other than watchdog timer and NMI can be cleared by software. An NMI interrupt request is a non-maskable interrupt by an external input and is accepted at the falling edge of an input to pin NMI. Also, pin NMI has the pullup function. For more details, refer to the section on input/output pins. An INTi (i = 0 to 4) interrupt request is generated by an external input. INT0 to INT2 are external interrupts; whether to cause an interrupt at the input level (level sense) or at the edge (edge sense) can be selected with the level/edge select bit. Furthermore, the polarity of the interrupt input can be selected with the polarity select bit. For INT3 and INT4, the interrupt signal's polarity can be change by the polarity select bit. (This is valid only in the edge sense.) By pins INT2 to INT4 select bits (bits 4 to 6 at address 9416; see Figure 40.), pin position of INT2 to INT4 can be changed. When using the following pins as external interrupt input pins, clear the direction registers of the corresponding multiplexed ports to "0": pins P6 2/INT 0 , P6 3 /INT 1, P6 4 (P7 7 )/INT 2, P8 0(P7 4 )/INT 3, and P84(P75)/INT4. Furthermore, the INT3 interrupt can function as the key input interrupt. For details, refer to the section on the key input interrupt. When the external interrupt input read register (address 9516) is read out, the status of pins INT0 to INT4 and NMI can directly be read. Timer and UART interrupts are described in the respective section. The priority of interrupts when multiple interrupt requests are caused simultaneously is partially fixed by hardware, but, it can also be adjusted by software as shown in Figure 36. The hardware priority is fixed as the following: reset > NMI > watchdog timer > other interrupts Table 8. Interrupt sources and interrupt vector addresses Interrupts Vector addresses Address matching detection interrupt 00FFCA16 00FFCB16 INT4 external interrupt 00FFD016 00FFD116 INT3 external interrupt 00FFD216 00FFD316 A-D conversion 00FFD416 00FFD516 UART1 transmit 00FFD616 00FFD716 UART1 receive 00FFD816 00FFD916 UART0 transmit 00FFDA16 00FFDB16 UART0 receive 00FFDC16 00FFDD16 Timer B2 00FFDE16 00FFDF16 Timer B1 00FFE016 00FFE116 Timer B0 00FFE216 00FFE316 Timer A4 00FFE416 00FFE516 Timer A3 00FFE616 00FFE716 Timer A2 00FFE816 00FFE916 Timer A1 00FFEA16 00FFEB16 Timer A0 00FFEC16 00FFED16 INT2 external interrupt 00FFEE16 00FFEF16 INT1 external interrupt 00FFF016 00FFF116 INT0 external interrupt 00FFF216 00FFF316 NMI external interrupt 00FFF416 00FFF516 Watchdog timer 00FFF616 00FFF716 DBC (Do not select.) 00FFF816 00FFF916 Break instruction (Do not select.) 00FFFA16 00FFFB16 Zero divide 00FFFC16 00FFFD16 Reset 00FFFE16 00FFFF16 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 External interrupt input read register Address 9516 INT0 read bit INT1 read bit INT2 read bit INT3 read bit (Note) INT4 read bit NMI read bit Undefined at read. Note: When the key input interrupt select bit (bit 0 at address 9416) = "1", the status of pin INT3 cannot be read out. Fig. 34 Bit configuration of external interrupt input read register 46 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Interrupt priority level select bits (Note 1) Interrupt request bit 0 : No interrupt requested 1 : Interrupt requested Interrupt control register bit configuration for A-D converter, UART0, UART1, timer A0 to timer A4, and timer B0 to timer B2. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Interrupt priority level select bits (Notes 1, 2) Interrupt request bit 0 : No interrupt requested 1 : Interrupt requested Polarity select bit 0 : Interrupt request bit is set to "1" at "H" level when level sense is selected; this bit is set to "1" at falling edge when edge sense is selected. 1 : Interrupt request bit is set to "1" at "L" level when level sense is selected; this bit is set to "1" at rising edge when edge sense is selected. Level/Edge select bit 0 : Edge sense 1 : Level sense Interrupt control register bit configuration for INT0- INT2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Interrupt priority level select bits Interrupt request bit (Note 1) 0 : No interrupt requested 1 : Interrupt requested Polarity select bit 0 : Interrupt request bit is set to "1" at falling edge. 1 : Interrupt request bit is set to "1" at rising edge. Interrupt control register bit configuration for INT3 and INT4 Notes 1: Use the MOVM (MOVMB) instruction or the STA (STAB, STAD) instruction for writing to this bit. 2: Interrupt request bits of INT0 to INT2 are invalid when the level sense is selected. Fig. 35 Bit configuration of interrupt control register 47 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Addresses 00006E16 00006F16 00007016 00007116 00007216 00007316 00007416 00007516 00007616 00007716 00007816 00007916 00007A16 00007B16 00007C16 00007D16 00007E16 00007F16 Interrupts caused by the address matching detection and when dividing by zero are software interrupts and are not included in Figure 36. Other interrupts previously mentioned are A-D converter, UART, etc. interrupts. The priority of these interrupts can be changed by changing the priority level in the corresponding interrupt control register by software. Figure 37 shows a diagram of the interrupt priority detection circuit When an interrupt is caused, each interrupt device compares its own priority with the priority from above and if its own priority is higher, then it sends the priority below and requests the interrupt. If the priorities are the same, the one above has priority. This comparison is repeated to select the interrupt with the highest priority among the interrupts that are being requested. Finally the selected interrupt is compared with the processor interrupt priority level (IPL) contained in the processor status register (PS) and the request is accepted if it is higher than IPL and the interrupt disable flag I is "0". The request is not accepted if flag I is "1". The reset, NMI, and watchdog timer interrupts are not affected by the interrupt disable flag I. When an interrupt is accepted, the contents of the processor status register (PS) is saved to the stack and the interrupt disable flag I is set to "1". Furthermore, the interrupt request bit of the accepted interrupt is cleared to "0" and the processor interrupt priority level (IPL) in the processor status register (PS) is replaced by the priority level of the accepted interrupt. Therefore, multi-level priority interrupts are possible by resetting the interrupt disable flag I to "0" and enable further interrupts. For reset, watchdog timer, zero divide, NMI, and address match detection interrupts, which do not have an interrupt control register, the processor interrupt level (IPL) is set as shown in Table 10. 48 The interrupt request bit and the interrupt priority level of each interrupt source are sampled and latched at each operation code fetch cycle while fsys is "H". However, no sampling pulse is generated until the cycles whose number is selected by software has passed, even if the next operation code fetch cycle is generated. The detection of an interrupt which has the highest priority is performed during that time. Priority is determined by hardware Table 9. Addresses of interrupt control registers Interrupt control registers INT3 interrupt control register INT4 interrupt control register A-D interrupt control register UART0 transmit interrupt control register UART0 receive interrupt control register UART1 transmit interrupt control register UART1 receive interrupt control register Timer A0 interrupt control register Timer A1 interrupt control register Timer A2 interrupt control register Timer A3 interrupt control register Timer A4 interrupt control register Timer B0 interrupt control register Timer B1 interrupt control register Timer B2 interrupt control register INT0 interrupt control register INT1 interrupt control register INT2 interrupt control register Watchdog timer NMI Reset A-D converter, UART, etc. interrupts Priority can be changed by software inside . Fig. 36 Interrupt priority Level 0 INT4 INT3 A-D Interrupt request UART1 transmit UART1 receive UART0 transmit UART0 receive Reset Timer B2 Timer B1 NMI Timer B0 Timer A4 Timer A3 Watchdog timer Timer A2 Timer A1 Timer A0 INT2 Interrupt disable flag I INT1 IPL Fig. 37 Interrupt priority detection INT0 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER As shown in Figure 38, there are three different interrupt priority detection time from which one is selected by software. After the selected time has elapsed, the highest priority is determined and is processed after the currently executing instruction has been completed. The time is selected with bits 4 and 5 of the processor mode register 0 (address 5E16) shown in Figure 24. Table 11 shows the relationship between these bits and the number of cycles. After a reset, the processor mode register 0 is initialized to "0016." Therefore, the longest time is automatically set, however, the shortest time must be selected by software. Table 10. Value loaded in processor interrupt level (IPL) during an interrupt Interrupt types Reset Watchdog timer NMI Zero divide Address matching detection Setting value 0 7 7 Not change value of IPL. Not change value of IPL. Table 11. Relationship between interrupt priority detection time select bit and number of cycles Priority detection time select bit Bit 5 Bit 4 0 0 0 1 1 0 Number of cycles (Note) 7 cycles of f sys 4 cycles of f sys 2 cycles of f sys Note: For system clock fsys, refer to the section on the clock generating circuit. fsys Operation code fetch cycle (Note) Sampling pulse b5b4 Priority detection time Select one between 00 to 10 with bits 4 and 5 of processor mode register 0 00 01 10 Note: This pulse resides when 2 cycles of fsys is selected. Fig. 38 Interrupt priority detection time 49 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Key Input Interrupt The INT3 interrupt can function as the key input interrupt by setting bits 1 to 3 of the external interrupt input control register (address 9416). The key input interrupt uses inputs KI0 to KI3. Figure 39 shows the block diagram of the INT3/key input interrupt input circuit, and Figure 40 shows the bit configuration of the external interrupt input control register. When bit 0 of the external interrupt input control register (key input interrupt select bit)= "0", a signal from pin INT3 is connected to the INT3 interrupt control circuit, and INT3 external interrupt is normally performed. When bit 0 = "1", signals from pins KI0 to KI3, which correspond to ports P54 to P57 pins, are inverted, and then, the logical sum of these signals is connected to the INT3 interrupt control regis- P80/INT3 Pin INT3 select bit 0 ter. In this case, the external interrupt which uses pins KI0 to KI3 is performed. Bits 2 and 3 of the external interrupt input control register are the key input interrupt pin select bits. By setting these bits, the combination of key input interrupt pins can be selected. The interrupt vector addresses and interrupt control register of the key input interrupt are common to those of the INT3 interrupt. Additionally, pullup resistors (transistors) can be added to pins KI0 to KI4 by setting as follows: * Set bit 1 of the external interrupt input control register to "1". * Next, select the key input interrupt pins by bits 2 and 3 of the external interrupt input control register. * Then, clear the contents of the port direction register which corresponds to the selected pins to "0". Key input interrupt select bit 0 Interrupt control circuit P74/(INT3) INT3 interrupt request 1 1 Port P57 direction register Pullup transistor Key input interrupt pin pullup select bit KI3 enable signal (Note) INT3 interrupt control register P57/KI3 Port P56 direction register Pullup transistor Key input interrupt pin pullup select bit KI2 enable signal (Note) P56/KI2 Port P55 direction register Pullup transistor Key input interrupt pin pullup select bit KI1 enable signal (Note) Note: KIi enable signal (i = 0 to 3) means a signal which becomes "1" when the key input interrupt select bit = "1" and pin KIi is selected by the key input interrupt pin select bits. P55/KI1 Port P54 direction register Pullup transistor Key input interrupt pin pullup select bit KI0 enable signal (Note) P54/KI0 Fig. 39 Block diagram of INT3/key input interrupt input circuit 50 * Port P5j direction register : bit j (j = 4 to 7) at address D16 * INT3 interrupt control register : address 6E16 * Key input interrupt select bit : bit 0 at address 9416 * Key input interrupt pin pullup select bit : bit 1 at address 9416 * Pin INT3 select bit : bit 5 at address 9416 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 External interrupt input control register Address 9416 At reset 0016 Key input interrupt select bit 0: INT3 interrupt 1: Key input interrupt Key input interrupt pin pullup select bit 0: Pins KI0 to KI3 are not pulled up. 1: Pins KI0 to KI3 are pulled up. Key input interrupt pin select bits (Note 1) 0 0: Pins KI0 to KI3 0 1: Pins KI0 to KI2 1 0: Pins KI0 and KI1 1 1: Pin KI0 Pin INT2 select bit 0: Allocate pin INT2 to P64. 1: Allocate pin INT2 to P77 (Note 2). Pin INT3 select bit (Note 3) 0: Allocate pin INT3 to P80. 1: Allocate pin INT3 to P74. Pin INT4 select bit 0: Allocate pin INT4 to P84. 1: Allocate pin INT4 to P75 (Note 4). Fix this bit to "0". Notes 1: When using pin KIi, do not select timer A's output pins and pulse output pins which are multiplexed with pin KIi. 2: When pin INT2 is allocated to P77, do not use pin AN7/ADTRG. Additionally, clear the D-A1 output enable bit (bit 1 at address 9616) to "0" (output disabled). 3: When pin INT3 is allocated to P80, clear the D-A2 output enable bit (bit 2 at address 9616) to "0" (output disabled). When pin INT3 is allocated to P74, do not use pin AN4. 4: When pin INT4 is allocated to P75, do not use pin AN5. Fig. 40 Bit configuration of external interrupt input control register 51 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER TIMER selected by bits 0 and 1 of this register. There are eight 16-bit timers. They are divided by type into timer A(5) and timer B(3). The timer I/O pins are multiplexed with I/O pins for port P5 and P6. To use these pins as timer input pins, the port direction register bit corresponding to the pin must be cleared to "0" to specify input mode. TIMER A Figure 41 shows a block diagram of timer A. Timer A has four modes: timer mode, event counter mode, one-shot pulse mode, and pulse width modulation mode. The mode is selected with bits 0 and 1 of the timer Ai mode register (i = 0 to 4). Each of these modes is described below. Figure 42 shows the bit configuration of the timer A clock division select register. Timers A0 to A4 use the count source which has been Timer A clock division select bit f2 (1) Timer mode [00] Figure 43 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register during timer mode. Bits 0, 1 and 5 of the timer Ai mode register must be "0" in timer mode. The timer A's count source is selected by bits 6 and 7 of the timer Ai mode register and the contents of the timer A clock division select register. (See Table 12.) The counting of the selected clock starts when the count start bit is "1" and stops when it is "0". Figure 44 shows the bit configuration of the count start bit. The counter is decremented, an interrupt is caused and the interrupt request bit in the timer Ai interrupt control register is set when the contents becomes 000016. At the same time, the contents of the reload register is transferred to the counter and count is continued. Count source select bits f1 f16 f64 Data bus (odd) f512 Data bus (even) f4096 (Low-order 8 bits) * Timer * One-shot pulse * Pulse width (High-order 8 bits) Reload register(16) Timer (gate function) Counter (16) TAiIN (i = 0-4) Polarity selection Event counter Count start register (Address 4016) External trigger Countdown Up-down register (Address 4416) Pulse output Toggle flip-flop TAiOUT (i = 0-4) Fig. 41 Block diagram of timer A 52 Countup/Countdown switching "Countdown" is always selected when not in the event counter mode. Addresses Timer A0 Timer A1 Timer A2 Timer A3 Timer A4 4716 4916 4B16 4D16 4F16 4616 4816 4A16 4C16 4E16 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER When bit 2 of the timer Ai mode register is "1", the output is generated from TAiOUT pin. The output is toggled each time the contents of the counter reaches to 000016. When the contents of the count start bit is "0", "L" is output from TAiOUT pin. When bit 2 is "0", TAiOUT can be used as a normal port pin. When bit 4 is "0", TAiIN can be used as a normal port pin. When bit 4 is "1", counting is performed only while the input signal from the TAiIN pin is "H" or "L" as shown in Figure 45. Therefore, this can be used to measure the pulse width of the TAiIN input signal. Whether to count while the input signal is "H" or while it is "L" is determined by bit 3. If bit 3 is "1", counting is performed while the TAiIN pin input signal is "H" and if bit 3 is "0", counting is performed while it is "L". Note that, the duration of "H" or "L" on the TAiIN pin must be 2 or more cycles of the timer count source. When data is written to timer Ai register with timer Ai halted, the same data is also written to the reload register and the counter. When data is written to timer Ai which is busy, the data is written to the reload register, but not to the counter. The new data is reloaded from the reload register to the counter at the next reload time and counting continues. The contents of the counter can be read at any time. When the value set in the timer Ai register is n, the timer frequency division ratio is 1/(n+1). 7 6 5 0 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Timer A clock division select register Address 4516 Timer A clock division select bit (See Table 12.) "0" at read. Fig. 42 Bit configuration of timer A clock division select register Table 12. Relationship between timer A clock division select bits, clock source select bits, and count source Clock source select bits (bits 7 and 6 at addresses 5616 to 5A16) 00 01 10 11 Timer A clock division select bits (bits 1 and 0 at address 4516) 00 11 10 01 f2 f1 f1 f16 f64 f16 Do not f64 f512 select. f64 f4096 f4096 f512 Note: Timers A0 to A4 use the same clock, which is selected by the timer A clock division select bits. Timer A0 mode register Timer A1 mode register Timer A2 mode register Timer A3 mode register Timer A4 mode register Addresses 5616 5716 5816 5916 5A16 0 0 : Always "00" in timer mode 0 : No pulse output (TAiOUT is normal port pin.) 1 : Pulse output (TAiOUT is pulse output pin.) (Note) 0 x : No gate function (TAiIN is normal port pin.) 1 0 : Count only while TAiIN input is "L". 1 1 : Count only while TAiIN input is "H". 0 : Always "0" in timer mode. Clock source select bits See Table 12. Note: When using pins TA2OUT and TA3OUT as pulse output pins, do not select pins KI0 and KI2. Because they are key input interrupt pins and are multiplexed with pins TA2OUT and TA3OUT. Fig. 43 Bit configuration of timer Ai mode register during timer mode 53 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Count start register (Stop at "0", Start at "1") Timer A0 count start bit Timer A1 count start bit Timer A2 count start bit Timer A3 count start bit Timer A4 count start bit Timer B0 count start bit Timer B1 count start bit Timer B2 count start bit Fig. 44 Bit configuration of count start register Selected clock source fi TAiIN Timer mode register Bit 4 Bit 3 1 0 Timer mode register Bit 4 Bit 3 1 1 Fig. 45 Count waveform when gate function is available 54 Address 4016 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER (2) Event counter mode [01] Figure 46 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register during event counter mode. In event counter mode, bit 0 of the timer Ai mode register must be "1" and bits 1 and 5 must be "0". The input signal from the TAiIN pin is counted when the count start bit shown in Figure 44 is "1" and counting is stopped when it is "0". Count is performed at the fall of the input signal when bit 3 is "0" and at the rise of the signal when it is "1". In event counter mode, whether to increment or decrement the count can be selected with the up-down bit or the input signal from the TAiOUT pin. When bit 4 of the timer Ai mode register is "0", the up-down bit is used to determine whether to increment or decrement the count (decrement when the bit is "0" and increment when it is "1"). Figure 47 shows the bit configuration of the up-down register. When bit 4 of the timer Ai mode register is "1", the input signal from the TAiOUT pin is used to determine whether to increment or decrement the count. However, note that bit 2 must be "0" if bit 4 is "1." It is because if bit 2 is "1", TAiOUT pin becomes an output pin to output pulses. The count is decremented when the input signal from the TAiOUT pin is "L" and incremented when it is "H". Determine the level of the input signal from the TAiOUT pin before a valid edge is input to the TAiIN pin. An interrupt request signal is generated and the interrupt request bit in the timer Ai interrupt control register is set when the counter reaches 000016 (decrement count) or FFFF16 (increment count). At the same time, the contents of the reload register is transferred to the counter and the count is continued. When bit 2 is "1," each time the counter reaches 000016 (decrement count) or FFFF16(increment count), the waveform's polarity is reversed and is output from TAiOUT pin. If bit 2 is "0", TAiOUT pin can be used as a normal port pin. However, if bit 4 is "1" and the TAiOUT pin is used as an output pin, the output from the pin changes the count direction. Therefore, bit 4 must be "0" unless the output from the TAiOUT pin is to be used to select the count direction. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x 0 0 1 Timer A0 mode register Timer A1 mode register Timer A2 mode register Timer A3 mode register Timer A4 mode register Addresses 5616 5716 5816 5916 5A16 0 1 : Always "01" in event counter mode 0 : No pulse output 1 : Pulse output 0 : Count at the falling edge of input signal 1 : Count at the rising edge of input signal 0 : Increment or decrement according to up/down bit 1 : Increment or decrement according to TAiOUT pin input signal level 0 : Always "0" in event counter mode x x : Not used in event counter mode Note: When using pins TA2OUT and TA3OUT as pulse output pins, do not select pins KI0 and KI2. Because they are key input interrupt pins and are multiplexed with pins TA2OUT and TA3OUT. Fig. 46 Bit configuration of timer Ai mode register during event counter mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Up-down register Address 4416 Timer A0 up-down bit Timer A1 up-down bit Timer A2 up-down bit Timer A3 up-down bit Timer A4 up-down bit Timer A2 two-phase pulse signal processing select bit 0 : Two-phase pulse signal processing disabled 1 : Two-phase pulse signal processing mode Timer A3 two-phase pulse signal processing select bit 0 : Two-phase pulse signal processing disabled 1 : Two-phase pulse signal processing mode Timer A4 two-phase pulse signal processing select bit 0 : Two-phase pulse signal processing disabled 1 : Two-phase pulse signal processing mode Fig. 47 Bit configuration of up-down register 55 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Data write and data read are performed in the same way as for timer mode. That is, when data is written to timer Ai halted, it is also written to the reload register and the counter. When data is written to timer Ai which is busy, the data is written to the reload register, but not to the counter. The counter is reloaded with new data from the reload register at the next reload time. The counter can be read at any time. In event counter mode, whether to increment or decrement the counter can also be determined by supplying two kinds of pulses of which phases differ by 90 to timer A2, A3, or A4. There are two types of two-phase pulse processing operations. One uses timers A2 and A3, and the other uses timer A4. In both processing operations, two pulses described above are input to the TAjOUT (j = 2 to 4) pin and TAjIN pin respectively. When timers A2 and A3 are used, as shown in Figure 48, the count is incremented when a rising edge is input to the TAkIN pin after the level of TAkOUT(k=2, 3) pin changes from "L" to "H", and when the falling edge is input, the count is decremented. For timer A4, as shown in Figure 49, when a phase-related pulse with a rising edge input to the TA4IN pin is input after the level of TA4OUT pin changes from "L" to "H", the count is incremented at the respective rising edge and falling edge of the TA4OUT pin and TA4IN pin. When a phase-related pulse with a falling edge input to the TA4OUT pin is input after the level of TA4IN pin changes from "H" to "L", the count is decremented at the respective rising edge and falling edge of the TA4IN pin and TA4OUT pin. When performing this two-phase pulse signal processing, timer Aj mode register bit 0 and bit 4 must be set to "1" and bits 1, 2, 3, and 5 must be "0". Bits 6 and 7 are ig- nored. (See Figure 50.) Note that bits 5, 6, and 7 of the up-down register (address 4416) are the two-phase pulse signal processing select bits for timers A2, A3 and A4 respectively. Each timer operates in normal event counter mode when the corresponding bit is "0" and performs two-phase pulse signal processing when it is "1". Count is started by setting the count start bit to "1". Data write and read are performed in the same way as for normal event counter mode. Note that the direction register of the input port must be set to input mode because two kinds of pulse signals, described above, are input. Also, there can be no pulse output in this mode. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 : Always "0100" when processing two-phase pulse signal x x : Not used in event counter mode Fig. 50 Bit configuration of timer Aj mode register when performing two-phase pulse signal processing in event counter mode TAkIN (k = 2, 3) Incrementcount Incrementcount Decrementcount Decrementcount Decrementcount Fig. 48 Two-phase pulse processing operation of timers A2 and A3 TA4OUT Increment-count at each edge Decrement-count at each edge TA4IN Increment-count at each edge Decrement-count at each edge Fig. 49 Two-phase pulse processing operation of timer A4 56 Addresses 5816 5916 5A16 0 1 : Always "01" in event counter mode TAkOUT Incrementcount Timer A2 mode register Timer A3 mode register Timer A4 mode register MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER (3) One-shot pulse mode [10] Figure 51 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register during one-shot pulse mode. In one-shot pulse mode, bit 0 and bit 5 must be "0" and bit 1 and bit 2 must be "1". The trigger is enabled when the count start bit is "1". The trigger can be generated by software or it can be input from the TAiIN pin. Software trigger is selected when bit 4 is "0" and the input signal from the TAiIN pin is used as the trigger when it is "1". Bit 3 is used to determine whether to trigger at the fall of the trigger signal or at the rise. The trigger is at the fall of the trigger signal when bit 3 is "0" and at the rise of the trigger signal when it is "1". Software trigger is generated by setting "1" to a bit in the one-shot start register. Each bit corresponds to each timer. Figure 52 shows the bit configuration of the one-shot start register. As shown in Figure 53, when a trigger signal is received, the counter counts the clock selected by bits 6 and 7 and the contents of the timer A clock division select register. (Set Table 12.) If the contents of the counter is not 000016, the TAiOUT pin goes "H" when a trigger signal is received. The count direction is decrement. When the counter reaches 000116, the TAiOUT pin goes "L" and count is stopped. The contents of the reload register is transferred to the counter. At the same time, an interrupt request signal is generated and the interrupt request bit in the timer Ai interrupt control register is set. This is repeated each time a trigger signal is received. The output pulse width is 1 pulse frequency of the selected clock x (counter's value at the time of trigger). If the count start flag is "0", TAiOUT goes "L". Therefore, the value corresponding to the desired pulse width must be written to timer Ai before setting the timer Ai count start bit. As shown in Figure 54, a trigger signal can be received before the operation for the previous trigger signal is completed. In this case, the contents of the reload register is transferred to the counter by the trigger and then that value is decremented. Except when retriggering while operating, the contents of the reload register are not transferred to the counter by triggering. When retriggering, there must be at least one timer count source cycle before a new trigger can be issued. Data write is performed in the same way as for timer mode. When data is written in timer Ai halted, it is also written to the reload register and the counter. When data is written to timer Ai which is busy, the data is written to the reload register, but not to the counter. The counter is reloaded with new data from the reload register at the next reload time. Undefined data is read when timer Ai is read. Timer A0 mode register Timer A1 mode register Timer A2 mode register Timer A3 mode register Timer A4 mode register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 Addresses 5616 5716 5816 5916 5A16 1 0 : Always "10" in one-shot pulse mode 1 : Always "1" in one-shot pulse mode 0 x : Software trigger 1 0 : Trigger at the falling edge of TAiIN input 1 1 : Trigger at the rising edge of TAiIN input 0 : Always "0" in one-shot pulse mode Clock source select bits (See Table 12.) Fig. 51 Bit configuration of timer Ai mode register during one-shot pulse mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 One-shot start register Address 4216 Timer A0 one-shot start bit Timer A1 one-shot start bit Timer A2 one-shot start bit Timer A3 one-shot start bit Timer A4 one-shot start bit Must be fixed to "0". Fig. 52 Bit configuration of one-shot start register 57 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Selected clock source fi TAiIN (rising edge) TAiOUT Example when the contents of the reload register is 000316 Fig. 53 Pulse output example when external rising edge is selected Selected clock source fi TAiIN (rising edge) TAiOUT Example when the contents of the reload register is 000416 Fig. 54 Example when trigger is re-issued during pulse output 58 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER (4) Pulse width modulation mode [11] Figure 55 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register during pulse width modulation mode. In pulse width modulation mode, bits 0, 1, and 2 must be set to "1". Bit 5 is used to determine whether to perform 16-bit length pulse width modulator or 8-bit length pulse width modulator. 16-bit length pulse width modulator is selected when bit 5 is "0" and 8-bit length pulse width modulator is selected when it is "1". The 16-bit length pulse width modulator is described first. The pulse width modulator can be started with a software trigger or with an input signal from a TAiIN pin (external trigger). The software trigger mode is selected when bit 4 is "0". Pulse width modulator is started and a pulse is output from TAiOUT when the count start bit is set to "1". The external trigger mode is selected when bit 4 is "1". Pulse width modulation starts when a trigger signal is input from the TAiIN pin when the count start bit is "1". Whether to trigger at the fall or rise of the trigger signal is determined by bit 3. The trigger is at the fall of the trigger signal when bit 3 is "0" and at the rise when it is "1". When data is written to timer Ai with the pulse width modulator halted, it is written to the reload register and the counter. Then when the count start bit is set to "1" and a software trigger or an external trigger is issued to start modulation, the waveform shown in Figure 56 is output continuously. Once modulation is started, triggers are not accepted. If the value in the reload register is m, the duration "H" of pulse is 1 xm selected clock frequency The low-order 8 bits function as a prescaler and the high-order 8 bits function as the 8-bit length pulse width modulator. The prescaler counts the clock selected by bits 6, 7, and the contents of the timer A clock division select register. (See Table 12.) A pulse is generated when the counter reaches 000016 as shown in Figure 57. At the same time, the contents of the reload register is transferred to the counter and count is continued. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1 1 Timer A0 mode register Timer A1 mode register Timer A2 mode register Timer A3 mode register Timer A4 mode register Addresses 5616 5716 5816 5916 5A16 1 1 : Always "11" in pulse width modulation mode 1 : Always "1" in pulse width modulation mode 0 x : Software trigger 1 0 : Trigger at the falling of TAiIN input 1 1 : Trigger at the rising of TAiIN input 0 : 16-bit pulse width modulator 1 : 8-bit pulse width modulator Clock source select bits (See Table 12.) Fig. 55 Bit configuration of timer Ai mode register during pulse width modulation mode and the output pulse period is 1 x (216 -1). selected clock frequency An interrupt request signal is generated and the interrupt request bit in the timer Ai interrupt control register is set at each fall of the output pulse. The width of the output pulse is changed by updating timer data. The update can be performed at any time. The output pulse width is changed at the rise of the pulse after data is written to the timer. The contents of the reload register are transferred to the counter just before the rise of the next pulse so that the pulse width is changed from the next output pulse. Undefined data is read when timer Ai is read. The 8-bit length pulse width modulator is described next. The 8-bit length pulse width modulator is selected when the timer Ai mode register bit 5 is "1". The reload register and the counter are both divided into 8-bit halves. 59 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Therefore, if the low-order 8 bits of the reload register are n, the period of the generated pulse is high-order 8 bits of the reload register are m, the duration "H" of pulse is 1 x (n+1) x m. selected clock frequency 1 x (n+1). selected clock frequency The high-order 8 bits function as an 8-bit length pulse width modulator using this pulse as input. The operation is the same as for 16-bit length pulse width modulator except that the length is 8 bits. If the And the output pulse period is 1 selected clock frequency 1/fi x (216 - 1) Selected clock source fi TAiIN (rising edge) This trigger is not accepted 1/fi x (m) TAiOUT Example when the contents of the reload register is 000316 Fig. 56 16-bit length pulse width modulator output pulse example 1/fi x (n + 1) x (28 - 1) Selected clock source fi TAiIN (falling edge) 1/fi x (n + 1) Prescaler output (when n = 2) 1/fi x (n + 1) x (m) 8-bit length pulse width modulator output (when m = 2) Fig. 57 8-bit length pulse width modulator output pulse example 60 x (n+1) x (28-1). MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER TIMER B As shown in Figure 44, the timer Bi count start bit is at the same address as the timer Ai count start bit. The count is decremented, an interrupt occurs, and the interrupt request bit in the timer Bi interrupt control register is set when the contents becomes 000016. At the same time, the contents of the reload register is stored in the counter and count is continued. Timer Bi does not have a pulse output function or a gate function like timer A. When data is written to timer Bi halted, it is written to the reload register and the counter. When data is written to timer Bi which is busy, the data is written to the reload register, but not to the counter. The new data is reloaded from the reload register to the counter at the next reload time and counting continues. The contents of the counter can be read at any time. Figure 58 shows a block diagram of timer B. Timer B has three modes: timer mode, event counter mode, and pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode. The mode is selected with bits 0 and 1 of the timer Bi mode register (i=0 to 2). Each of these modes is described below. (1) Timer mode [00] Figure 59 shows the bit configuration of the timer Bi mode register during timer mode. Bits 0 and 1 of the timer Bi mode register must always be "0" in timer mode. Bits 6 and 7 are used to select the clock source. The counting of the selected clock starts when the count start bit is "1" and stops when "0". Data bus (odd) Count source select bits f2 f16 f64 Data bus (even) f512 (Low-order 8 bits) * Timer mode * Pulse period measurement/Pulse width measurement mode TBiIN Polarity selection and edge pulse generator (High-order 8 bits) Reload register (16) * Event counter mode Counter (16) fX32 Timer B2 clock source select bit (Note 2) Count start register Addresses Timer B0 5116 5016 Timer B1 5316 5216 Timer B2 5516 5416 (Address 4016) Counter reset circuit Timer B2 clock source select bit : Bit 6 at address 6316 Notes 1: Perform a write and read to/from timer Bi register in the condition of 16-bit data length : data length flag (m) = "0". 2: Only for timer B2, a count source in the event counter mode can be selected. Fig. 58 Block diagram of timer B 61 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER (2) Event counter mode [01] Figure 60 shows the bit configuration of the timer Bi mode register during event counter mode. In event counter mode, bit 0 in the timer Bi mode register must be "1" and bit 1 must be "0". The input signal from the TBiIN pin is counted when the count start bit is "1" and counting is stopped when it is "0". Count is performed at the fall of the input signal when bits 2, and 3 are "0" and at the rise of the input signal when bit 3 is "0" and bit 2 is "1". When bit 3 is "1" and bit 2 is "0", count is performed at the rise and fall of the input signal. Data write, data read and timer interrupt are performed in the same way as for timer mode. Only for timer B2, when the timer B2 clock source select bit of the particular function select register 1 (bit 6 at address 6316) = "1" in the event counter mode, fX32 can be selected. (When this bit is "0", an input signal from pin TB2IN becomes the count source as described above.) For the bit configuration of the particular function select register 1, refer to the section on the standby function. Note: fX32 = f(XIN)/32 (3) Pulse period measurement/Pulse width measurement mode [10] Figure 61 shows the bit configuration of the timer Bi mode register during pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode. In pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode, bit 0 must be "0" and bit 1 must be "1". Bits 6 and 7 are used to select the clock source. The selected clock is counted when the count start bit is "1" and counting stops when it is "0". The pulse period measurement mode is selected when bit 3 is "0". In pulse period measurement mode, the selected clock is counted during the interval starting at the fall of the input signal from the TBiIN pin to the next fall or at the rise of the input signal to the next rise; the result is stored in the reload register. In this case, the reload register acts as a buffer register. When bit 2 is "0", the clock is counted from the fall of the input signal to the next fall. When bit 2 is "1", the clock is counted from the rise of the input signal to the next rise. In the case of counting from the fall of the input signal to the next fall, counting is performed as follows. As shown in Figure 62, when the fall of the input signal from TBiIN pin is detected, the contents of the counter is transferred to the reload register. Next, the counter is cleared and count is started from the next clock. When the fall of the next input signal is detected, the contents of the counter is transferred to the reload register once more, the counter is cleared, and the count is started. The period from the fall of the input signal to the next fall is measured in this way. After the contents of the counter is transferred to the reload register, an interrupt request signal is generated and the interrupt request bit in the timer Bi interrupt control register is set. However, no interrupt request signal is generated when the contents of the counter is transferred first to the reload register after the count start bit is set to "1". When bit 3 is "1", the pulse width measurement mode is selected. Pulse width measurement mode is the same as the pulse period measurement mode except that the clock is counted from the fall of the TBiIN pin input signal to the next rise or from the rise of the input signal to the next fall as shown in Figure 63. 62 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x x 0 0 Timer B0 mode register Timer B1 mode register Timer B2 mode register Addresses 5B16 5C16 5D16 0 0 : Always "00" in timer mode x x : Not used in timer mode and may be any Not used in timer mode Clock source select bits 0 0 : Select f2 0 1 : Select f16 1 0 : Select f64 1 1 : Select f512 Fig. 59 Bit configuration of timer Bi mode register during timer mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x x 0 1 Timer B0 mode register Timer B1 mode register Timer B2 mode register Addresses 5B16 5C16 5D16 0 1 : Always "01" in event counter mode 0 0 : Count at the falling edge of input signal 0 1 : Count at the rising edge of input signal 1 0 : Count at the both falling edge and rising edge of input signal x x x : Not used in event counter mode Fig. 60 Bit configuration of timer Bi mode register during event counter mode 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 0 Timer B0 mode register Timer B1 mode register Timer B2 mode register Addresses 5B16 5C16 5D16 1 0 : Always "10" in pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode 0 0 : Count from the falling edge of input signal to the next falling one 0 1 : Count from the rising edge of input signal to the next rising one 1 0 : Count from the falling edge of input signal to the next rising one and from the rising edge to the next falling one Timer Bi overflow flag Clock source select bits 0 0 : Select f2 0 1 : Select f16 1 0 : Select f64 1 1 : Select f512 Fig. 61 Bit configuration of timer Bi mode register during pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER When timer Bi is read, the contents of the reload register is read. Note that in this mode, the interval between the fall of the TBiIN pin input signal to the next rise or from the rise to the next fall must be at least two cycles of the timer count source. Timer Bi overflow flag which is bit 5 of timer Bi mode register is set to "1" when the timer Bi counter reaches 000016, which indicates that a pulse width or pulse period is longer than that which can be measured by a 16-bit length. This flag is cleared by writing data to the corresponding timer Bi mode register. This flag is set to "1"at reset. Selected clock source fi TBiIN Reload register Counter Counter 0 Count start bit Interrupt request signal Fig. 62 Pulse period measurement mode operation (example of measuring the interval between the falling edge to next falling one) Selected clock source fi TBiIN Reload register Counter Counter 0 Count start bit Interrupt request signal Fig. 63 Pulse width measurement mode operation 63 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER SERIAL I/O PORTS chronous (UART) serial I/O port which uses start and stop bits. Figures 66 and 67 show the block diagrams of the receiver/transmitter . Figure 68 shows the bit configuration of the UARTi transmit/receive control register. Each communication method is described below. Two independent serial I/O ports are provided. Figure 64 shows a block diagram of the serial I/O ports. Bits 0 to 2 of the UARTi(i = 0,1) transmit/receive mode register shown in Figure 65 are used to determine whether to use port P8 as a programmable I/O port, clock synchronous serial I/O port, or asyn- Data bus (odd) Data bus (even) Bit converter UARTi D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 receive buffer register UART0 (Addresses 3716, 3616) UART1 (Addresses 3F16, 3E16) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D8 UARTi receive register RXDi BRG count source select bits f2 f16 BRGi f64 1/(n + 1) divider f512 1/16 divider UART Clock synchronous 1/16 divider UART Clock synchronous Receive control circuit Transmit control circuit Transfer clock Transfer clock Clock synchronous (Internal clock) 1/2 divider UARTi transmit register Clock synchronous (External clock) TXDi Clock synchronous (when internal clock selected) D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 UARTi transmit buffer register UART0 (Addresses 3316, 3216) UART1 (Addresses 3B16, 3A16) CLKi CTSi/CLKi CTSi Bit converter CTSi/RTSi Data bus (odd) n = a value set into the UARTi baud rate register (BRGi) Data bus (even) Fig. 64 Block diagram of serial I/O port 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 UART 0 Transmit/Receive mode register UART 1 Transmit/Receive mode register Addresses 3016 3816 Serial I/O mode select bits 0 0 0 : Serial I/O is invalid. (Port P8 functions as a programmable I/O port.) 0 0 1 : Clock synchronous 1 0 0 : 7-bit UART 1 0 1 : 8-bit UART 1 1 0 : 9-bit UART Internal/External clock select bit 0 : Internal clock 1 : External clock Stop bit length select bit (Valid in UART mode.) 0 : 1 stop bit 1 : 2 stop bits Odd/Even parity select bit (Valid in UART mode with the parity enable bit = "1".) (Note) 0 : Odd parity 1 : Even parity Parity enable bit (Valid in UART mode) (Note) 0 : No parity 1 : With parity Sleep select bit (Valid in UART mode) (Note) 0 : No sleep 1 : Sleep Note: In the clock synchronous serial I/O mode, bits 4 to 6 are invalid. (Each of them may be "0" or "1".) Furthermore, fix bit 7 to "0". Fig. 65 Bit configuration of UARTi transmit/receive mode register 64 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Data bus (odd) Data bus (even) UARTi receive buffer register 0 0 0 0 0 2SP R XD i PAR D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 8-bit UART 9-bit UART Synchronous UART No parity 1SP D8 0 9-bit UART Parity SP SP 0 7-bit UART 7-bit UART 8-bit UART Synchronous UARTi receive register Synchronous SP : Stop bit PAR : Parity bit Fig. 66 Block diagram of receiver Data bus (odd) Data bus (even) UARTi receive transmit register D8 2SP SP SP D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 8-bit UART 7-bit UART 9-bit UART 9-bit UART Synchronous Synchronous Parity TXDi UART PAR 8-bit UART 1SP D7 No parity 7-bit UART UARTi transmit register Synchronous 0 SP : Stop bit PAR : Parity bit Fig. 67 Block diagram of transmitter 65 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 MSB CPL /LSB 3 2 TX R/C EPTY 1 0 CS1 CS0 UART0 transmit/receive control register 0 UART1 transmit/receive control register 0 Address 34 16 3C16 BRG count source select bits 0 0 : f2 0 1 : f16 1 0 : f64 1 1 : f512 CTS/RTS function select bit (Note 1) 0 : CTS function is selected. 1 : RTS function is selected. Transmit register empty flag 0 : Data is present in the transmit register. (Transmission is in progress.) 1 : No data is present in the transmit register. (Transmission is completed.) CTS/RTS enable bit 0 : CTS, RTS function is enabled. 1 : CTS, RTS function is disabled. UARTi receive interrupt mode select bit 0 : Reception interrupt 1 : Reception error interrupt CLK polarity select bit (This bit is used in the clock synchronous serial I/O mode.) (Note 2) 0 : At the falling edge of a transfer clock, transmit data is output; at the rising edge, receive data is input. When not in transfer, pin CLK's level is "H". 1 : At the rising edge of a transfer clock, transmit data is output; at the falling edge, receive data is input. When not in transfer, pin CLK's level is "L". Transfer format select bit (This bit is used in the clock synchronous serial I/O mode.) (Note 2) 0 : LSB (Least Significant Bit) first 1 : MSB (Most Significant Bit) first 7 6 5 4 SUM PER FER OER 3 2 1 0 RI RE TI TE UART0 transmit/receive control register 1 UART1 transmit/receive control register 1 Transmit enable bit Transmit buffer empty flag Receive enable bit Receive complete flag Overrun error flag Framing error flag (Note 3) Parity error flag (Note 3) Error sum flag (Note 3) Notes 1: Valid when the CTS/RTS enable bit (bit 4) = "0". 2: Fix these bits to "0" in UART mode or when serial I/O is invalid. 3: Valid in UART mode. Fig. 68 Bit configuration of UARTi transmit/receive control register 66 Address 3516 3D16 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER CLOCK SYNCHRONOUS SERIAL COMMUNICATION A case where communication is performed between two clock synchronous serial I/O ports as shown in Figure 69 will be described. (The transmission side will be denoted by subscript j and the receiving side will be denoted by subscript k.) Bit 0 of the UARTj transmit/receive mode register and UARTk transmit/receive mode register must be set to "1" and bits 1 and 2 must be "0". The length of the transmission data is fixed at 8 bits. Bit 3 of the UARTj transmit/receive mode register of the clock sending side is cleared to "0" to select the internal clock. Bit 3 of the UARTk transmit/receive mode register of the clock receiving side is set to "1" to select the external clock. Bits 4, 5 and 6 are ignored in clock synchronous mode. Bit 7 must always be "0". The clock source is selected by bit 0 (CS0) and bit 1 (CS1) of the clock-sending-side UARTj transmit/receive control register 0. As shown in Figure 64, the selected clock is divided by (n+1), then by 2, is passed through a transmission control circuit, and is output as transmission clock CLKj. Therefore, when the selected clock is fi, Bit Rate = fi/ {(n + 1) x 2} TxDj On the clock receiving side, the CS0 and CS1 bits of the UARTk transmit/receive control register 0 are ignored because an external clock is selected. _______ _______ Both of UART0 and UART1 can use CTS and RTS functions. Bit 4 of the UARTi transmit/receive control register 0 is used to de_______ _______ termine whether to use CTS or RTS signal. Bit 4 _______ must be "0" when _______ _______ _______ CTS or RTS signal is used._______ Bit 4 must be "1" when CTS and RTS sig_______ _______ nals are not used. When CTS and RTS signals are not used, CTS/ _______ RTS pin can be used as a normal port pin. _______ _______ When using pin CTS/RTS, : * If bit _______ 2 of the UARTi transmit/receive control register 0 is cleared to "0", CTS input is selected. _______ * If bit 2 is set to "1", RTS output is selected. _______ _______ The case using CTS and RTS signals are explained below. As shown in Figure 76, bits 2 and 3 of the serial I/O pin control register can determine whether port pins P83 and P87 are used as pins TxDi or as port pins. When bits 2 and 3 are "0", P83 and P87 function as pins TxDi; when bits 2 and 3 are "1", P83 and P87 function as port pins. Therefore, in the input-only system where pins TxDi are not used, pins TxDi can function as port pins. TxDk UARTj transmit register UARTk transmit register UARTj transmit buffer register UARTk transmit buffer register UARTj receive buffer register UARTk receive buffer register RxDj RxDk UARTk receive register UARTj receive register UARTk Transmit/Receive mode register UARTj Transmit/Receive mode register 0 0 0 0 1 0 CLKj RE TI 0 1 UARTk Transmit/Receive control register 0 TX MSB /LSB CPL EPTY 1 CTSj RTSk UARTk Transmit/Receive control register 1 UARTj Transmit/Receive control register 1 RI 0 CLKk UARTj Transmit/Receive control register 0 TX MSB CS1 CS0 /LSB CPL EPTY 0 SUM PER FER OER 1 TE SUM PER FER OER RI RE TI TE Fig. 69 Clock synchronous serial communication 67 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Transmission Transmission is started when bit 0 (TEj flag: transmit enable bit) of UARTj transmit/receive control register 1 is "1", bit 1 (TIj flag) of one ________ is "0", and CTSj input is "L". The TIj flag indicates whether the transmit buffer register is empty or not. It is cleared to "0" when data is written in the transmit buffer register ; it is set to "1" when the contents of the transmit buffer register is transferred to the transmit register and the transmit buffer register becomes empty. When all of the transmit conditions are satisfied, the transmit data in the transmit buffer register are transferred to the transmit register, and transmission starts. As shown in Figure 70, data is output from TXDj pin each time when transmission clock CLKj changes from "H" to "L". (In the clock synchronous serial I/O mode, the polarity of a transfer clock can be changed. For details, refer to the section on the selection of the transfer clock polarity.) The data is output from the least significant bit. When the transmit register becomes empty after the contents has been transmitted, data is transferred automatically from the transmit buffer register to the transmit register if the next transmission start condition is satisfied. The next transmission is performed succeedingly. Once transmission has started, the TEj flag, TIj flag, and CTSj signals are ignored until data transmission completes. ________ Therefore, transmission is not interrupt when CTSj input is changed to "H" during transmission. The transmission start condition indicated by TEj flag, TIj flag, and ________ CTSj is checked while the TENDj signal (shown in Figure 70) is "H". Therefore, data can be transmitted continuously if the next transmission data is written in the transmit buffer register and TIj flag is cleared to "0" before theTENDj signal goes "H". Bit 3 (TXEPTYj flag) of UARTj transmit/receive control register 0 changes to "1" at the next cycle just after the TENDj signal goes "H" and changes to "0" when transmission starts. Therefore, this flag can be used to determine whether data transmission has completed. When the TIj flag changes from "0" to "1", the interrupt request bit in the UARTj transmit interrupt control register is set to "1". Receive When bit 2 of the UARTk transmit/receive control register 1 is set to "1", reception becomes enabled. In this case, when the CLKk signal is input, the receive operation starts simultaneously with this signal. __________ The RTSk output is "H" when the REK flag is "0". When the REK flag __________ is set to "1", the RTSk output becomes "L". This informs the transmitter side that reception becomes enabled. When the receive opera__________ tion starts, the RTSk output automatically becomes "H". When the receive operation starts, the receiver takes data from pin RxDk each time when the transmit clock (CLKj) turns from "L" to "H". Simultaneously with reception, the contents of the receiver register is shifted bit by bit. (Note that, in the clock synchronous serial communication, the polarity of a transfer clock can be inverted. For details, refer to the section on the polarity of the transfer clock.) When an 8-bit data is received, the contents of the receive register is transferred to the receive buffer register and bit 3 (RIk flag) of UARTk transmit/receive control register 1 is set to "1". In other words, the setting "1" to the RIk flag indicates that the receive buffer register contains the received data. At this time, if the low-order byte of the UARTk receive buffer register is _____ read out, the RTSk output turns back to "L". This indicates that the 68 next data reception becomes enabled. Bit 4 (OERk flag) of UARTk transmit/receive control register 1 is set to "1" when the next data is transferred from the receive register to the receive buffer register while RIk flag is "1", and indicates that the next data was transferred to the receive register before the contents of the receive buffer register was read. (In other words, this indicates that an overrun error has occurred.) RIk flag is automatically cleared to "0" when the low-order byte of the receive buffer register is read or when the REk flag is cleared to "0". The OERk flag is cleared when the REk flag is cleared. Bit 5 (FERk flag), bit 6 (PERk flag), and bit 7 (SUMk flag) are ignored in clock synchronous mode. As shown in Figure 64, with clock synchronous serial communication, data cannot be received unless the transmitter is operating because the receive clock is created from the transmission clock. Therefore, the transmitter must be operating even when there is no need to sent data from UARTk to UARTj. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 1/fi x (n + 1) x 2 Transmission clock TEj TIj Write in transmit buffer register Transmit register Transmit buffer register CTSj 1/fi x (n + 1) x 2 Stopped because TEj = "0" CLKj TENDj TXDj D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 TXEPTYj Fig. 70 Clock synchronous serial I/O timing Interrupt request at completion of reception When the RIk flag changes from "0" to "1", in other words, when the receive operation is completed, the interrupt request bit of the UARTk receive interrupt control register can be set to "1". The timing when this interrupt request bit is to be set to "1" can be selected from the following: * Each reception * When an error occurs at reception If bit 5 of the UARTk transmit/receive control register 0 (UART receive interrupt mode select bit) is cleared to "0", the interrupt request bit is set to "1" at each reception. If bit 5 is set to "1", the interrupt request bit is set to "1" only when an error occurs. (In the clock synchronous serial communication, only when an overrun error occurs, the interrupt request bit is set to "1".) Polarity of transfer clock In the clock synchronous serial communication, by bit 6 of the UARTj transmit/receive control register 0 (CPL), the polarity of a transfer clock can be selected. As shown in Figure 71, when bit 6 = "0", the polarity is as follows: * In transmission, transmit data is output at the falling edge of CLKj. * In reception, receive data is input at the rising edge of CLKk. * When not in transfer, CLKi is at "H" level. When bit 6 = "1", the polarity is as follows: * In transmission, transmit data is output at the rising edge of CLKj. * In reception, receive data is input at the rising edge of CLKk. * When not in transfer, CLKi is at "L" level. 69 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER CLK polarity select bit = 0 CLKi TxDi D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 RxDi D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Transmit data is output to pin TxDi at the falling edge of transfer clock, and receive data is input from pin RxDi at the rising edge of transfer clock. When not in transfer, pin CLKi's level is "H". CLK polarity select bit = 1 CLKi TxDi D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 RxDi D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Transmit data is output to pin TxDi at the rising edge of transfer clock, and receive data is input from pin RxDi at the falling edge of transfer clock. When not in transfer, pin CLKi's level is "L". Fig. 71 Polarity of transfer clock 70 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Selection of transfer format In clock synchronous serial communication, transfer format can be selected by bit 7 of the transmit/receive control register 0. When bit 7 is "0", transfer format is LSB first. When bit 7 is "1", transfer format is MSB first. This function is realized by changing connection relation between Bit 7 in transmit/receive control register 0 Write to transmit buffer register Data bus 0 (LSB first) Read from receive buffer register Transmit buffer register Data bus Receive buffer register DB7 D7 DB7 D7 DB6 D6 DB6 D6 DB5 D5 DB5 D5 DB4 D4 DB4 D4 DB3 D3 DB3 D3 DB2 D2 DB2 D2 DB1 D1 DB1 D1 DB0 D0 DB0 D0 Data bus 1 (MSB first) the transmit buffer register and the receive buffer register when writing transmit data to the transmit buffer register or reading receive data from the receive buffer register. Accordingly, the transmitter's operation is the same in both transfer formats. Figure 72 shows the connection relation. Transmit buffer register Data bus Receive buffer register DB7 D7 DB7 D7 DB6 D6 DB6 D6 DB5 D5 DB5 D5 DB4 D4 DB4 D4 DB3 D3 DB3 D3 DB2 D2 DB2 D2 DB1 D1 DB1 D1 DB0 D0 DB0 D0 Fig. 72 Connection relation between transmit buffer register, receive buffer register, and data bus Precautions for clock synchronous serial communication ________ ________ When using pin CTS0/RTS0, be sure to clear the D-A2 output enable clock bit (bit 2 at address 9616) to "0" (output disabled). Also, in the _______ synchronous serial communication, the separate function for CTSi/ _______ RTSi cannot be selected. Furthermore, when an internal clock is se_______ _______ lected, RTS output is undefined. Therefore, do not use the RTS function. Before transmit operation is performed, be sure to clear bits 2 and 3 of the serial I/O pin control register (address AC16) to "00". 71 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL COMMUNICATION Bit 4 is the stop bit length select bit to select 1 stop bit or 2 stop bits. Bit 5 is a select bit of odd parity or even parity. In the odd parity mode, the parity bit is adjusted so that the sum of 1s in the data and parity bit is always odd. In the even parity mode, the parity bit is adjusted so that the sum of the 1s in the data and parity bit is always even. Bit 6 is the parity bit select bit which indicates whether to add parity bit or not. Bits 4 to 6 must be set or reset according to the data format used in the communicating devices. Bit 7 is the sleep select bit. The sleep mode is described later. Figure 76 shows the bit configuration of the serial I/O pin control reg________ ________ ister. By bits 0 and 1 of the serial I/O pin _______ control register (CTSi/RTSi _______ separate select bits), the function of the CTS/RTS pin can be separated into two functions, and each function can be assigned to two different pins. When bits 0 and 1 = "11", the above separation is performed. When bits 0 and 1 = "00", no separation is performed. _______ _______ Table 13 lists the selection methods of the CTS/RTS function. Asynchronous serial communication can be performed using 7-, 8-, or 9-bit length data. The operation is the same for all data lengths. The following is the description for 8-bit asynchronous communication. With 8-bit asynchronous communication, bit 0 of UARTi transmit/receive mode register is "1", bit 1 is "0", and bit 2 is "1". Bit 3 is used to select an internal clock or an external clock. If bit 3 is "0", an internal clock is selected and if bit 3 is "1", then external clock is selected. If an internal clock is selected, bit 0 (CS0) and bit 1 (CS1) of UARTi transmit/receive control register 0 are used to select the clock source. When an internal clock is selected for asynchronous serial communication, the CLKi pin can be used as a normal I/O pin. The selected internal or external clock is divided by (n+1), then by 16, and is passed through a control circuit to create the UART transmission clock or UART receive clock. Therefore, the transmission speed can be changed by changing the contents (n) of the bit rate generator. If the selected clock is an internal clock Pfi or an external clock fEXT, Bit Rate = (fi or fEXT) / {(n+1)x16} (1/fi or 1/fEXT) x (n + 1) x 16 Transmission clock TEi TIi Transmit register Transmit buffer register Written in transmit buffer register CTSi TENDi Start bit TXDi Stopped because TEi = "0" Parity bit Stop bit ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P SP ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P SP ST D0 D1 TXEPTYi Fig. 73 Transmit timing example when 8-bit asynchronous communication with parity and 1 stop bit selected (1/fi or 1/fEXT) x (n + 1) x 16 Transmission clock TEi TIi Transmit register Transmit buffer register Written in transmit buffer register TENDi Start bit TX Di Stop bit Stop bit Stopped because TEi = "0" ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 SP SP ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 SP SP TXEPTYi Fig. 74 Transmit timing example when 9-bit asynchronous communication with no parity and 2 stop bits selected 72 ST D0 D1 D2 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Transmission ________ Transmission is started when bit 0 (TEi flag transmit enable flag) of UARTi transmit/receive control register 1 is "1", bit 1 (TIi flag) is "0", ________ and CTSi input (in other words, transmit enable signal input from receiver) is "L." The TIi flag indicates whether the transmit buffer is empty or not. It is cleared to "0" when data is written in the transmit buffer; it is set to "1" when the contents of the transmit buffer register is transferred to the transmit register. When all of the transmission conditions are satisfied, transmit data is transferred to the transmit register, and transmit operation starts. As shown in Figures 73 and 74, data is output from the TXDi pin with the stop bit or parity bit specified by bits 4 to 6 of UARTi transmit/receive mode register. The data is output from the least significant bit. When the transmit register becomes empty after the contents has been transmitted, data is transferred automatically from the transmit buffer register to the transmit register if the next transmit start condition is satisfied. Then, the next transmission is performed succeedingly. Once transmission has started, the TEi flag, TIi flag, and CTSi signal are ignored until data transmission is completed. Therefore, transmission does not stop until it completes event if, during transmission, the TEi flag is cleared to "0" or CTSi input is set to "1". The transmission start condition indicated by TEi flag, TIi flag, and ________ CTSi is checked while the TENDi signal shown in Figure 73 is "H". Therefore, data can be transmitted continuously if the next transmission data is written in the transmit buffer register and TIi flag is cleared to "0" before the TENDi signal goes "H". Bit 3 (TXEPTYi flag) of UARTi transmit/receive control register 0 changes to "1" at the next cycle just after the TENDi signal goes "H" and changes to "0" when transmission starts. Therefore, this flag can be used to determine whether data transmission is completed. When the TIi flag changes from "0" to "1", the interrupt request bit of the UARTi transmit interrupt control register is set to "1". fi or fEXT REi Stop bit RXDi Start bit Check to be "L" level Receive clock D1 D0 Start bit D7 Data fetched Starting at the falling edge of start bit RIi RTSi Fig. 75 Receive timing example when 8-bit asynchronous communication with no parity and 1 stop bit selected 73 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Table 13. Selection methods of CTS/RTS function CTS/RTS enable bit 0 1 Functions CTSi/RTSi CTS/RTS separate select bit function select bit Pin P80/CTS0/RTS0 (Note 1) Pin P81/CTS0/CLK0 Pin P85/CTS1/CLK1 Pin P84/CTS1/RTS1 0 CTS1 CTS0 P85 or CLK1 P81 or CLK0 0 1 RTS1 RTS0 P85 or CLK1 P81 or CLK0 1 RTS1 RTS0 CTS1 (Notes 2 and 3) CTS0 (Notes 2 and 3) P84 P85 or CLK1 P81 or CLK0 P80 : It may be "0" or "1". Notes 1: When using the CTS0/RTS0 pin, be sure to clear the D-A2 output enable bit (bit 2 at address 9616) to "0". 2: When using the CTS function, be sure to clear the corresponding bit of the port P8 direction register to "0". 3: When CTSi and RTSi has been separated, the CLKi pin cannot be used. Therefore, in the clock synchronous serial communication, CTSi and RTSi cannot be separated. Also, when CTSi and RTSi are separated in UART mode, be sure to select an internal clock. Receive 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address At reset Serial I/O pin control register AC16 X016 CTS0/RTS0 separate select bit 0 : CTS0/RTS0 are used together. 1 : CTS0/RTS0 are separated. CTS1/RTS1 separate select bit 0 : CTS1/RTS1 are used together. 1 : CTS1/RTS1 are separated. TxD0/P83 switch bit 0 : Functions as TxD0. 1 : Functions as P83. TxD1/P87 switch bit 0 : Functions as TxD1. 1 : Functions as P87. Fig. 76 Bit configuration of serial I/O pin control register 74 Receive is enabled when bit 2 (REi flag) of UARTi transmit/receive control register 1 is set to "1." As shown in Figure 75, the frequency divider circuit (1/16) at the receiving side begin to work when a start bit________ arrives and the data is received. If RTSi output is selected by________ setting bit 2 of UARTi transmit/receive control register 0 to "1", the RTSi output is "H" when the REi flag is ________ "0". When the REi flag changes to "1", the RTSi output goes "L" to inform the receiver that reception has become enabled. When the ________ receive operation starts, the RTSi output automatically becomes "H". The entire transmission data bits are received when the start bit passes the final bit of the receive block shown in Figure 66. At this point, the contents of the receive register is transferred to the receive buffer register and bit 3 (Rli flag) of UARTi transmit/receive control register 1 is set to "1." In other words, the RIi flag indicates that the receive buffer register contains data when it is set to "1." At this time, when the low-order byte of the UARTk receive buffer register is read ________ out, RTSi output goes back to "L" to indicate that the register is ready to receive the next data. Bit 4 (OERi flag) of UARTi transmit/receive control register 1 is set to "1" when the next data is transferred from the receive register to the receive buffer register while the RIi flag is "1", in other words, when an overrun error occurs. If the OERi flag is "1", it indicates that the next data has been transferred to the receive buffer register before the contents of the receive buffer register has been read. Bit 5 (FERi flag) is set to "1" when the number of stop bits is less than required (framing error). Bit 6 (PERi flag) is set to "1" when a parity error occurs. Bit 7 (SUMi flag) is set to "1" when either the OERi flag, FERi flag, or the PERi flag is set to "1." Therefore, the SUMi flag can be used to determine whether there is an error. The setting of the RIi flag, OERi flag, FERi flag, and the PERi flag is performed while transferring the contents of the receive register to the receive buffer register. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER The FERi, PERi, and SUMi flags are cleared to "0" when reading the low-order byte of the receive buffer register or when writing "0" to the REi flag. The OERi flag is cleared to "0" when writing "0" to the REi flag. Interrupt request at completion of reception When the RIk flag changes from "0" to "1", in other words, when the receive operation is completed, the interrupt request bit of the UARTk receive interrupt control register can be set to "1". The timing when this interrupt request bit is to be set to "1" can be selected from the following: * Each reception * When an error occurs at reception If bit 5 of the UARTk transmit/receive control register 0 (UART receive interrupt mode select bit) is cleared to "0", the interrupt request bit is set to "1" at each reception. If bit 5 is set to "1", the interrupt request bit is set to "1" only when an error occurs. (In the clock asynchronous serial communication, when an overrun error, framing error, or parity error occurs, the interrupt request bit is set to "1".) Sleep mode The sleep mode is used to communicate only between certain microcomputers when multiple microcomputers are connected through serial I/O. The microcomputer enters the sleep mode when bit 7 of UARTi transmit/receive mode register is set to "1." The operation of the sleep mode for an 8-bit asynchronous communication is described below. When sleep mode is selected, the contents of the receive register is not transferred to the receive buffer register if bit 7 (bit 6 if 7-bit asynchronous communication and bit 8 if 9-bit asynchronous communication) of the received data is "0". Also the RIi, OERi, FERi, PERi, and the SUMi flags are unchanged. Therefore, the interrupt request bit of the UARTi receive interrupt control register is also unchanged. Normal receive operation takes place when bit 7 of the received data is "1". The following is an example of how the sleep mode can be used. The main microcomputer first sends data: bit 7 is "1" and bits 0 to 6 are set to the address of the subordinate microcomputer to be communicated with. Then all subordinate microcomputers receive this data. Each subordinate microcomputer checks the received data, clears the sleep bit to "0" if bits 0 to 6 are its own address and sets the sleep bit to "1" if not. Next, the main microcomputer sends data with bit 7 cleared. Then the microcomputer which cleared the sleep bit will receive the data, but the microcomputers which set the sleep bit to "1" will not. In this way, the main microcomputer is able to communicate only with the designated microcomputer. Precautions for clock asynchronous (UART) serial communication ________ ________ When using pin CTS0/RTS0, be sure to clear the D-A2 output enable _______ bit (bit 2 at address 9616) to "0" (output disabled). Also, when CTSi _______ and RTSi are separated, pin CLKi cannot be used. Therefore, when _______ _______ CTSi and RTSi are separated in UART mode, be sure to select an internal clock. Before transmit operation is performed, be sure to clear bits 2 and 3 of the serial I/O pin control register (address AC16) to "00". 75 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER A-D CONVERTER The A-D converter is a 10-bit successive approximation converter. Figure 77 shows the block diagram of the A-D converter, Figure 78 shows the bit configuration of the A-D control register 0 (address 1E16), and Figure 79 shows the bit configuration of the A-D control register 1 (address 1F16). A-D conversion accuracy Bit 3 of A-D control register 1 is used to select whether to regard the conversion result as 10-bit or as 8-bit data. The conversion result is regarded as 10-bit data when bit 3 is "1" and as 8-bit data when bit 3 is "0". When the conversion result is used as 10-bit data, the low-order 8 bits of the conversion result is stored in the even address of the corresponding A-D register and the high-order 2 bits are stored in bits 0 and 1 at the odd address of the corresponding A-D register. Bits 2 to 7 of the A-D register odd address are "0000002" when read. When the conversion result is used as 8-bit data, the conversion result are stored in even address of the corresponding A-D register. In this case, the value at the A-D register's odd address is "0016" when read. A-D conversion frequency An operation clock (AD) of an A-D converter can be selected with bit 7 of the A-D control register 0 and bit 4 of the A-D control register 1. When bit 4 of the A-D control register 1 is "0", AD becomes f2/4 when bit 7 of the A-D control register 0 is "0", AD becomes f2/2 when bit 7 of the A-D control register 0 is "1". When bit 4 of the A-D control register 1 is "1", AD becomes f2 when bit 7 of the A-D control register 0 is "0", AD becomes f1 when bit 7 of the A-D control register 0 is "1". Note that AD = f1 (in other words, the fastest speed) can be selected only in the 8-bit mode. AD during A-D conversion must be 250 kHz or more because the comparator uses a capacity coupling amplifier. A-D conversion frequency selection (1,1) f1 (1,0) (0,1) 1/2 f2 1/2 VREF connection select bit VREF AVSS (0,0) A-D conversion frequency (AD) select bit 1,0 0 1 AD Resistor ladder network Vref Successive approximation register A-D control register 1 A-D control register 0 A-D register 0 A-D register 1 Comparator A-D register 2 A-D register 3 Decoder A-D register 4 A-D register 5 A-D register 6 A-D register 7 Data bus (odd) Data bus (even) AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7/ADTRG Selector Fig. 77 Block diagram of A-D converter 76 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Trigger A-D conversion can be started by an internal trigger or by an external trigger. An internal trigger is selected when bit 5 of A-D control register 0 is "0" and an external trigger is selected when it is "1". When trigger is selected, A-D conversion is started when bit 6 (A-D conversion start bit) is set to "1." When an external trigger is selected, the polarity of a trigger input can be selected by bit 5 of the A-D control register 1. When bit 5 = "0", a falling edge is selected, and when bit 5 = "1", a rising edge is selected. A-D conversion starts when the A-D conversion start bit is "1" and the ______ ADTRG input changes from "H" to "L" (or "L" to "H.") In this case, the pins that can be used for A-D conversion are AN0 to AN6 because the ______ ADTRG pin is multiplexed with an analog voltage input pin, AN7. If an 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 external trigger is selected, even when the A-D conversion is completed, the A-D conversion start bit keeps "1". Also, a retrigger can be available even when A-D conversion is in progress. VREF connection Whether to connect the reference voltage input (VREF) with the resistor ladder network or not depends on bit 6 of the A-D control register 1. The VREF pin is connected when bit 6 is "0" and is disconnected when bit 6 is "1" (High impedance state). When A-D conversion is not performed, current from the VREF pin to the resistor ladder network can be cut off by disconnecting resistor ladder network from the VREF pin. Before starting A-D conversion, wait for 1 s or more after clearing bit 6 to "0". 0 A-D control register 0 Address 1E16 Analog input select bits (Note 1) (Valid in the one-shot and repeat modes.) 0 0 0 : Select AN0 0 0 1 : Select AN1 0 1 0 : Select AN2 0 1 1 : Select AN3 1 0 0 : Select AN4 (Note 2) 1 0 1 : Select AN5 (Note 3) 1 1 0 : Select AN6 (Note 4) 1 1 1 : Select AN7 (Note 5) A-D operation mode select bits 0 0 : One-shot mode 0 1 : Repeat mode 1 0 : Single sweep mode 1 1 : Repeat sweep mode Trigger select bit 0 : Internal trigger 1 : External trigger due to ADTRG input (Note 6) A-D conversion start bit (Note 7) 0 : Stop A-D conversion 1 : Start A-D conversion A-D conversion frequency (AD) select bit 0 Notes 1: Ignored in the single sweep and repeat sweep modes. (Each of these bits may be "0" or "1".) 2: When using the AN4 pin, be sure to clear the INT3 pin select bit (bit 5 at address 9416) to "0". 3: When using the AN5 pin, be sure to clear the INT4 pin select bit (bit 6 at address 9416) to "0". 4: When using the AN6 pin, be sure to clear the D-A0 output enable bit (bit 0 at address 9616) to "0" (output disabled). 5: When using the AN7 pin, be sure to clear both of the INT2 pin select bit (bit 4 at address 9416) and the D-A1 output enable bit (bit 1 at address 9616) to "0". 6: When using an external trigger, be sure to clear the INT2 pin select bit (bit 4 at address 9416) and D-A1 output enable bit (bit 1 at address 9616) to "0". 7: For writing to this bit, use the MOVM (MOVMB) instruction, or the STA (STAB, STAD) instruction. 8: Rewriting to each bit of the A-D control register 0 (except for bit 6) must be performed while A-D conversion is stopped. Fig. 78 Bit configuration of A-D control register 0 77 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 1 0 A-D control register 1 Address 1F16 A-D sweep pin select bits (Note 1) (Valid in the single sweep mode and repeat sweep mode.) 0 0 : AN0, AN1 (2 pins) 0 1 : AN0-AN3 (4 pins) 1 0 : AN0-AN5 (6 pins) (Notes 2, 3) 1 1 : AN0-AN7 (8 pins) (Notes 2 to 5) Must be "0". Resolution select bit 0: 8-bit mode 1: 10-bit mode A-D conversion frequency (AD) select bit 1 External trigger polarity select bit (Valid when external trigger is selected.) 0: Falling edge of input signal to the ADTRG pin 1: Rising edge of input signal to the ADTRG pin VREF connection select bit (Note 6) 0 : VREF is connected. 1 : VREF is not connected. "0" at read. A-D conversion frequency (AD) select bit Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 AD f2/4 f2/2 f2 f1 (Selectable only in 8-bit mode) Notes 1: Ignored in the one-shot and repeat modes. (Each of these bits may be "0" or "1".) 2: When using the AN4 pin, be sure to clear the INT3 pin select bit (bit 5 at address 9416) to "0". 3: When using the AN5 pin, be sure to clear the INT4 pin select bit (bit 6 at address 9416) to "0". 4: When using the AN6 pin, be sure to clear the D-A0 output enable bit (bit 0 at address 9616) to "0" (output disabled). 5: When using the AN7 pin, be sure to clear both of the INT2 pin select bit (bit 4 at address 9416) and the D-A1 output enable bit (bit 1 at address 9616) to "0". When an external trigger is selected, the AN7 pin cannot be used as an analog input pin. 6: Once this bit is cleared from "1" to "0", it is necessary to wait for 1 s or more before the A-D or D-A conversion starts. 7: Rewriting to each bit of the A-D control register 1 must be performed while A-D conversion is stopped. Fig. 79 Bit configuration of A-D control register 1 78 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Operation mode The operation mode is selected by bits 3 and 4 of A-D control register 0. The available operation modes are one-shot, repeat, single sweep, and repeat sweep. Analog input port pins are multiplexed with port P7 pins. Therefore, bits which correspond to pins for A-D conversion must be "0" (input mode). (1) One-shot mode One-shot mode is selected when bits 3 and 4 of A-D control register 0 are "0" is "0". The A-D conversion pins are selected with bits 0 to 2 of A-D control register 0. A-D conversion can be started by a software trigger or by an external trigger. When an internal trigger is selected, A-D conversion is started when bit 6 (A-D conversion start bit) is set to "1." When bit 3 of the A-D control register 1 is "1", A-D conversion ends after 59 AD cycles, and the interrupt request bit of the A-D interrupt control register is set to "1." At the same time, A-D control register 0 bit 6 (A-D conversion start bit) is cleared to "0" and A-D conversion stops. The result of A-D conversion is stored in the A-D register corresponding to the selected pin. If an external trigger is selected, A-D conversion starts when the A-D conversion start bit is "1" and a valid edge is input to the ADTRG pin, This operation is the same as that for internal trigger except that the A-D conversion start bit is not cleared after A-D conversion and a retrigger can be available during A-D conversion. (2) Repeat mode Repeat mode is selected when bit 3 of A-D control register 0 is "1" and bit 4 is "0". The operation of this mode is the same as the operation of one-shot mode except that when A-D conversion of the selected pin is complete and the result is stored in the A-D register, conversion does not stop, but is repeated. No interrupt request is generated in this mode. Furthermore, if an external trigger is selected, the A-D conversion start bit is not cleared. The contents of the A-D register can be read at any time. When A-D conversion of all selected pins end, the interrupt request bit of the A-D conversion interrupt control register is set to "1." At the same time, A-D conversion start bit is cleared to "0" and A-D conversion stops. When an external trigger is selected, A-D conversion starts when the A-D conversion start bit is "1" and a valid edge is input to the ADTRG pin. In this case, the A-D conversion result which is stored in the A-D register 7 becomes invalid. The operation by external trigger is the same as that by an internal trigger except that the A-D conversion start bit is not cleared to "0" after A-D conversion and a retrigger can be available during A-D conversion. (4) Repeat sweep mode Repeat sweep mode is selected when bit 3 of A-D control register 0 is "1" and bit 4 is "1". The difference from the single sweep mode is that A-D conversion does not stop after conversion for all selected pins, but repeats again from the AN0 pin. The repeat is performed among the selected pins. Also, no interrupt request is generated. Furthermore, if an internal trigger is selected, the A-D convension start bit is not cleared. The A-D register can be read at any time. Precautions for A-D conversion interrupt function Clear the interrupt request bit of the A-D interrupt control register (bit 3 at address 7016) before using the A-D interrupt. It is because the interrupt request bit is undefined just after reset. (3) Single sweep mode Single sweep mode is selected when bit 3 of A-D control register 0 is "0" and bit 4 is "1". In the single sweep mode, the number of analog input pins to be swept can be selected. Analog input pins are selected by bits 1 and 0 of the A-D control register 1 (address 1F16). Two pins, four pins, six pins, or eight pins can be selected as analog input pins, depending on the contents of these bits. A-D conversion is performed only for selected input pins. After A-D conversion is performed for input of AN0 pin, the conversion result is stored in A-D register 0, and in the same way, A-D conversion is performed for selected pins one after another. After A-D conversion is performed for all selected pins, the sweep is stopped. A-D conversion can be started with an internal trigger or with an external trigger input. An internal trigger is selected when bit 5 of the AD control register 0 (address 1E16) is "0" and an external trigger is selected when it is "1". When an internal trigger is selected, A-D conversion is started when A-D control register 0 bit 6. (A-D conversion start bit) is set to "1." 79 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER D-A CONVERTER Three independent D-A converters are included in this microcomputer, and each D-A converter adopts an 8-bit R-2R method. Figure 80 shows the block diagram of the D-A converter, Figure 81 shows the bit configuration of the A-D control register 1, and Figure 82 shows the bit configuration of the D-A control register. D-A conversion is performed by writing a value to the corresponding D-A register i. Whether to output the analog voltage or not is determined by bits 0 to 2 of the D-A control register. When any of bits 0 to 2 = "1", the corresponding pin (D-A0 to D-A2) outputs the analog voltage. This analog voltage (V) is determined according to value n. ("n" = decimal number. This has been set in the D-A register.) with pin D-Ai. Also, when not using the D-A converter, be sure to clear the contents of the corresponding D-A output enable bit and D-A register to "0". 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 A-D control register 1 Not used for D-A converter. VREF connection select bit (Note) 0: Connected. 1: Disconnected. Note: When bit 6 has been cleared to "0" from "1", insert a waiting time of 1 s or more, and then, start the D-A or A-D conversion. V = VREF n/256 (n = 0 to 255) VREF : Reference voltage Fig. 81 Bit configuration of A-D control register 1 The contents of the corresponding D-A output enable bit and D-A register are cleared to "0" at reset. Whether to connect the reference voltage input (VREF) with the ladder network or not depends on bit 6 of the A-D control register 1. Pin VREF is connected with the ladder network when bit 6 = "0" and is disconnected when bit 6 = "1" (high impedance state). When not performing the A-D or D-A conversion, current from pin VREF to the ladder network can be cut off by disconnecting ladder network from pin VREF. Before starting A-D or D-A conversion, be sure to clear bit 6 to "0", and then, insert a waiting time of 1 s or more. An external buffer is necessary when connecting a low impedance load with the D-A converter. It is because that a D-A output pin doesn't include a buffer. Pin D-Ai is multiplexed with I/O port pins, analog input pins, serial I/O pins, and external interrupt input pins. When a D-Ai output enable bit = "1" (in other words, output is enabled.), however, the corresponding pin cannot function as another I/O pin, which is multiplexed 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 D-A control register D-A1 output enable bit (Note) 0: Output is disabled. 1: Output is enabled. D-A2 output enable bit (Note) 0: Output is disabled. 1: Output is enabled. Note: Pin D-Ai is multiplexed with I/O port pins, analog input pins, serial I/O pins, and external interrupt input pins. When a D-Ai output enable bit = "1" (in other words, output is enabled.), however, the corresponding pin cannot function as another I/O pin, which is multiplexed with pin D-Ai. Fig. 82 Bit configuration of D-A control register VREF connection select bit D-A register i (i = 0 to 2) (Addresses 9816 to 9A16) 0 1 AVSS R-2R ladder network D-Ai output enable bit Pin D-Ai Fig. 80 Block diagram of D-A converter 80 Address 9616 D-A0 output enable bit (Note) 0: Output is disabled. 1: Output is enabled. Data bus VREF Address 1F16 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER REAL-TIME OUTPUT The real-time output function enables to change the output level of several pins simultaneously with a specified timer's counting. Whether to use the real-time output function is decided by the waveform output select bits of the 8-bit real-time output control register (bits 0 and 1 at address A016). (See Figure 83.) Also, the real-time output controlled by the pulse output mode select bit of the real-time output control register (bit 2 at address A016) and is used in one of the following ways: * 4 bits 2 channels * 6 bits 1 channel + 2 bits 1 channels (low-order 4 bits at address A216), which corresponds to RTP03 to RTP00, is output to these ports each time when the contents of timer A0 counter becomes "000016". When "0" is written to a specified bit of the pulse output data register, a low-level signal is output to a pulse output port if the counter contents of the timer which corresponds to the bit becomes "000016": when "1" is written to the bit, a high-level signal is output to a pulse output port which corresponds to the bit at the same timing. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 (1) Pulse mode 0 Real-time output register When the pulse output mode select bit is cleared to "0", the microcomputer enters pulse output port is controlled by 2 groups of 4 bits. Figures 84 and 85 show the bit configuration of the pulse output data register 0/1 (address A216/A416) and real-time output structure in pulse mode 0, respectively. When the waveform output select bits are set to "01" (bit 1 = "0" and bit 0 = "1"), RTP03 to RTP00 become pulse output port pins, in other words, RTP0 is selected. When the waveform output select bits are set to "10" (bit 1 = "1" and bit 0 = "0"), RTP13 to RTP10 become pulse output port pins, in other words, RTP1 is selected. When the waveform output select bits are set to "11" (bit 1 = "1" and bit 0 = "1"), two groups consisting of RTP13 to RTP10 and RTP03 to RTP00 become pulse output port pins, in other words, RTP1 and RTP0 are selected. When the waveform output select bits are set to "00" (bit 1 = bit 0 = "0"), port P5 pins become normal programmable I/O port pins. The contents of the pulse output data register 1 (high-order 4 bits at address A416), which corresponds to RTP13 to RTP10, is output to these ports each time when the contents of timer A1 counter becomes "000016". The contents of the pulse output data register 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Address 0 Pulse output data register 0 A216 RTP00 pulse output data bit RTP01 pulse output data bit RTP02 pulse output data bit (Note 1) RTP03 pulse output data bit (Note 1) Address A016 Waveform output select bits 00 : Programmable I/O port 01 : RTP0 selected When pulse mode 0 is selected: RTP0 When pulse mode 1 is selected: RTP01, RTP00 10 : RTP1 selected When pulse mode 0 is selected: RTP1 When pulse mode 1 is selected: RTP1, RTP03, RTP02 11 : RTP1 and RTP0 selected When pulse mode 0 is selected: RTP1 and RTP0 When pulse mode 1 is selected: RTP1, RTP03, RTP02 and RTP01, RTP00 Pulse output mode select bit 0 : Pulse mode 0 1 : Pulse mode 1 "0" at read. Fig. 83 Bit configuration real-time output control register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Address 0 Pulse output data register 1 A416 RTP02 pulse output data bit (Note 2) RTP03 pulse output data bit (Note 2) RTP10 pulse output data bit RTP11 pulse output data bit RTP12 pulse output data bit RTP13 pulse output data bit Note 1: Used only in pulse mode 0 2: Used only in pulse mode 1 Fig. 84 Bit configuration of pulse output data register 81 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Timer A2 Pulse output mode select bit (Address A016) Pulse output data register 1 (Address A416) D7 D6 Data bus (Even) D5 D4 T D Q T D Q T D Q T D Q 0 a P57/RTP13 a P56/RTP12 a P55/RTP11 a P54/RTP10 Waveform output select bit (Address A016) D3 D2 D1 D0 D Q T D Q T D Q T D Q T a P53/RTP03 a P52/RTP02 a P51/RTP01 a bit 1 P50/RTP00 Waveform output select bit (Address A016) bit 0 Pulse output data register 0 (Address A216) Timer A0 a Port P5i direction register (Address D16) "1" Port P5i latch (i = 7 to 0) (Address B16) "0" Fig. 85 Real-time output structure in pulse mode 0 (2) Pulse mode 1 When the pulse output mode select bit is set to "1", the microcomputer enters pulse mode 1, and a pulse output port pins are separately controlled (6 bits and 2 bits). Figures 86 shows the real-time output structure in pulse mode 1. When the waveform output select bits are set to "01" (bit 1 = "0" and bit 0 = "1"), RTP13 to RTP10, RTP03, and RTP02 become programmable I/O port pins. Simultaneously, RTP01 and RTP00 become pulse output port pins. When the waveform output select bits are set to "10" (bit 1 = "1" and bit 0 = "0"), RTP13 to RTP10, RTP03, and RTP02 become pulse output port pins. At this time, RTP01 and RTP00 become programmable I/O port pins. When the waveform output select bits are set to "11" (bit 1 = bit 0 = 82 "1"), pulse output port pins are divided into two groups; one consists of RTP13 to RTP10, RTP03, RTP02 and the other consists of RTP01 and RTP00. When the waveform output select bits are set to "00" (bit 1 = bit 0 = "0"), port P5 pins become normal programmable I/O port pins. RTP13 to RTP10, RTP03, and RTP02 are controlled by timer A2. Also, RTP01 and RTP00 are controlled by timer A0. The contents of the pulse output data register 1 (high-order 6 bits at address A416), which corresponds to RTP13 to RTP10, RTP03, and RTP02, are output to this port each time when the contents of timer A2 counter becomes "000016". The contents of the pulse output data register 0 (low-order 2 bits at address A216), which corresponds to RTP01 and RTP00, are output to this port each time when the contents of timer A0 counter become "000016". MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Timer A2 Pulse output mode select bit (Address A016) Pulse output data register 1 (Address A416) D7 D6 D5 Data bus (Even) D4 D3 D2 T D Q T D Q T D Q T D Q T D Q T D Q 1 a P57/RTP13 a P56/RTP12 a P55/RTP11 a P54/RTP10 a P53/RTP03 a P52/RTP02 Waveform output select bit (Address A016) D1 D0 D Q T D Q T a P51/RTP01 a P50/RTP00 Pulse output data register 0 (Address A216) Timer A0 bit 1 Waveform output select bit (Address A016) a bit 0 Port P5i direction register (Address D16) "1" Port P5i latch (i = 7 to 0) "0" (Address B16) Fig. 86 Real-time output structure in pulse mode 1 Table 14 lists the port P5/RTP pin output when all of the port P5 direction registers are set to the output mode. Precautions for real-time output function After reset, the port P5 direction register is set to the input mode, and port P5i (i = 0 to 7) pins function as normal I/O port pins. When using these pins as real-time output port pins, set the corresponding bits of the port P5 direction register to the output mode. Additionally, by reading the real-time output port's value from the port P5 register, output level of pins can be read out. Table 14 Port P5/RTP pin output Real-time output control register (Address A016) bit bit bit 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 Store address for port P5/RTP pin output data bit 7 0B 0B A4 A4 0B 0B A4 A4 bit 6 0B 0B A4 A4 0B 0B A4 A4 bit 5 0B 0B A4 A4 0B 0B A4 A4 bit 4 0B 0B A4 A4 0B 0B A4 A4 bit 3 0B A2 0B A2 0B 0B A4 A4 bit 2 0B A2 0B A2 0B 0B A4 A4 bit 1 0B A2 0B A2 0B A2 0B A2 bit 0 0B A2 0B A2 0B A2 0B A2 Address 0B16: Port P5 Address A216: Pulse output data register 0 Address A416: Pulse output data register 1 83 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER WATCHDOG TIMER comes "0" and an interrupt is generated. The microcomputer can generate a reset pulse by writing "1" to bit 6 (software reset bit) of processor mode register 0 in an interrupt routine and can be restarted. The watchdog timer can also be used to return from the STP state, where a clock has stopped its operation owing to the STP instruction execution. For details, refer to the sections on the clock generating circuit and standby function. The watchdog timer stops its operation in the following cases, and at this time, input to the watchdog timer is disabled: * When the external area is accessed in the hold state * In the wait mode * In the stop mode The watchdog timer is used to detect unexpected execution sequence caused by software runaway and others. Figure 87 shows the block diagram of the watchdog timer. The watchdog timer consists of a 12-bit binary counter. The watchdog timer counts clock Wf32, which is obtained by dividing the peripheral devices' clock f2 by 16; or clock Wf512, which is obtained by doing it by 256. Bit 0 of the watchdog timer frequency select register (watchdog timer frequency select bit) shown in Figure 88 selects which clock is to be counted. Wf512 is selected when this bit 0 is "0", and Wf32 is selected when bit 0 is "1". Bit 0 is cleared to "0" after reset. FFF16 is set in the watchdog timer when "L" level voltage is applied to pin RESET, STP instruction is executed, data is written to the watchdog timer register (address 6016), or the most significant bit of the watchdog timer becomes "0". After FFF16 is set in the watchdog timer, when the watchdog timer counts Wf32 or Wf512 by 2048 counts, the most significant bit of watchdog timer becomes "0", the watchdog timer interrupt request bit is set to "1", and FFF16 is set again in the watchdog timer. In program coding, make sure that data is written in the watchdog timer before the most significant bit of the watchdog timer becomes "0". If this routine is not executed owing to unexpected program execution or others, the most significant bit of the watchdog timer be- 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Watchdog timer frequency select register Address 6116 Watchdog timer frequency select bit 0 : W f512 1 : W f32 Watchdog timer clock source select bits at STP state termination 0 0 : fX32 0 1 : fX16 1 0 : fX128 1 1 : fX64 Fig. 88 Bit configuration of watchdog timer frequency select register Access to external area HLDA f2 Wf32 1/16 Wait mode 1/16 1 Wf512 Divided f(XIN) Watchdog timer frequency select bit 0 fX16 fX32 fX64 fX128 Watchdog timer interrupt request Watchdog timer Stop mode "FFF16" is set. Disables watchdog timer (Note). Watchdog timer clock source select bits at STP state termination Writing to watchdog timer register RESET STP instruction * Watchdog timer register: address 6016 * Watchdog timer frequency select register: bit 0 at address 6116 * Watchdog timer clock source select bits at STP state termination: bits 6, 7 at address 6116 When the most significant bit of the watchdog timer becomes "0", this signal will be generated. Note: During the stop mode and until the stop mode is terminated, setting for disabling the watchdog timer is ignored. Fig. 87 Block diagram of watchdog timer 84 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER How to disable watchdog timer When not using the watchdog timer, it can be disabled. When the watchdog timer is disabled, it's operation stops and no watchdog timer interrupt has been generated. Setting for disabling the watchdog timer is possible by writing "7916" and "5016" to the particular function select register 2 (address 6416) sequentially with the following instructions: * MOVMB/STAB instruction, or * MOVM/STA instruction (m = 1) If any method other than above has been adopted in order to access (in other words, read/write) the particular function select register 2, the watchdog timer will not be disabled until reset operation is performed. (Also, reset is the only one method to remove the setting for disabling the watchdog timer.) Moreover, this setting for disabling the watchdog timer is ignored at return from the STP mode, and the watchdog timer operates. (For details, refer to the section on the standby function.) 85 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER INPUT/OUTPUT PINS Ports P0 to P8, P10, P11 all have the direction register, and each bit can be programmed for input or output. A pin becomes an output pin when the corresponding bit of direction register is "1", and an input pin when it is "0". When a pin is programmed for output, the data is written to its port latch and it is output to the output pin. When a pin is programmed for output, the contents of the port latch is read instead of the value of the pin. Accordingly, a previously output value can be read correctly even when the output "H" voltage is lowered or the output "L" voltage is raised owing to an external load, etc. A pin programmed as an input pin is in the flooting state, and the value input to the pin can be read. When a pin is programmed as an input pin, the data is written only in the port latch and the pin remains floating. Each of Figures 89 and 90 shows the block diagram for each port pin and pin NMI. Figure 91 shows the bit configuration of the port function control register. Bit 3 of the port function control register serves as the port P0 input level select bit, which selects the VIH/VIL level under the condition that port P0 is used as an input port. Bit 4 of the port function control register serves as the P44-P47 7 6 5 0 0 4 3 2 1 pullup connection select bit. This bit determines whether port pins P44-P47, which are multiplexed with chip select pins, are to be pulled up or not. At reset, this bit 4 = "0" and P4-P47 are pulled up. The pullup function is valid only when the corresponding port is used an input port. Bit 7 of the port function control register serves as the NMI pullup connection select bit. At reset, this bit 7 = "0" and pin NMI is pulled up. The pullup function is valid only when the corresponding port is used as an input port. When using port pins P54-P57 as the key input interrupt input pins (KI0 to KI3), the pullup function can be selected, also. For details, refer to the section on interrupts. When using a port pin as an internal peripheral device's input pin, clear the corresponding port direction register's bit to "0". When using a port pin as an internal peripheral device's output pin, the port direction register's bit may be "0" or "1". In the memory expansion or microprocessor mode, port pins of P0 to P4, P10, P11 become I/O pins, and the their functions as I/O port pins are invalid. Note that, however, some port pins can function as port pins by the special setting. For details, refer to the section on the processor modes. 0 Port function control register Address 9216 At reset 0016 Address/Port switch bits 000 : A0 to A23 (16 Mbytes) 001 : A0 to A21, P06, P07 (4 Mbytes) 010 : A0 to A19, P04 to P07 (1 Mbytes) 011 : A0 to A17, P02 to P07 (256 Kbytes) 100 : A0 to A15, P00 to P07 (64 Kbytes) 101 : Do not select. 110 : A0 to A11, P00 to P07, P114 to P117 (4 Kbytes) 111 : A0 to A7, P00 to P07, P110 to P117 (256 bytes) Port P0 input level select bit 0 : VIH = 0.7VCC, VIL = 0.2VCC 1 : VIH = 0.43VCC (Note 1), VIL = 0.16VCC Pins P44-P47 pullup connection select bit (Notes 2 and 3) 0 : Pins P44-P47 are pulled up. 1 : Pins P44-P47 are not pulled up. Fix these bits to "0". Pin NMI pullup connection select bit (Note 2) 0 : Pin NMI is pulled up. 1 : Pin NMI is not pulled up. Notes 1: For the M37902FxM (power source voltage = 3.3 V0.3 V), VIH = 0.5VCC. 2: When MD1 = VCC and MD0 = VCC (flash memory parallel I/O mode), pins P44 to P47 and NMI are not pulled up, regardless of these bits' contents. 3: When MD1 = VSS and MD0 = VCC (microprocessor mode), pin CS0 (P44) is not pulled up, regardless of the bit's contents. Fig. 91 Bit configuration of port function control register 86 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER [Inside dotted-line not included] P00 to P07, P10 to P17, P20 to P27, P31 to P33, P100 to P107, P110 to P117 Direction register Data bus Port latch [Inside dotted-line included] P30 /RDY, P4 3/HOLD, P6 1/TA4IN, P6 2/INT0, P6 3/INT1, P64/INT2, P6 5/TB0IN, P6 6/TB1IN, P67 /TB2IN, P8 2/RXD0, P8 6/RXD1 [Inside dotted-line not included] P40/ALE, P41/1, P42/HLDA, P83/TXD0, P87/TXD1 Pullup selection Pullup transistor Direction register 1 [Inside dotted-line included] P60 /TA4OUT Output(Internal peripheral devices) Data bus Port latch [Shaded area included] P44 /CS0, P45/CS1, P46 /CS2, P47 /CS3 [Shaded area not included] P5 1/TA0IN/RTP01, P5 3/TA1IN/RTP03 [Shaded area included] P5 5/TA2IN/RTP11/KI1, P57 /TA3IN/RTP13/KI3 Pullup selection Direction register Data bus Port latch Latch Timer underflow signal [Shaded area not included] P5 0/TA0OUT/RTP00, P5 2/TA1OUT/RTP02 [Shaded area included] P5 4/TA2OUT/RTP10/KI0, P5 6/TA3OUT/RTP12/KI2 Pullup transistor T Q CK Pullup selection Pullup transistor Direction register 1 Output (Internal peripheral devices) Data bus Port latch Latch Timer underflow signal T Q CK Fig. 89 Block diagram for each port pin and pin NMI (1) 87 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER [Inside dotted-line not included] P70/AN0, P71/AN1, P72/AN2, P73/AN3 [Inside dotted-line included] P74/AN4/(INT3), P75/AN5/(INT4) Direction register Data bus Port latch Analog input P81/CTS0/CLK0, P84/CTS1/RTS1/INT4, P85/CTS1/CLK1 1 0 Direction register Output (Internal peripheral devices) Data bus [Inside dotted-line not included] P76/AN6/DA0 [Inside dotted-line included] P7 7/AN7/ADTRG/DA1/(INT2) Port latch Direction register Data bus Port latch Analog input Analog output Enable D-A output 1 P80/CTS0/RTS0/DA2/INT3 0 Direction register Output (Internal peripheral devices) Data bus Port latch Analog output Enable D-A output NMI Pullup selection Fig. 90 Block diagram for each port pin and pin NMI (2) 88 Pullup transistor MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER RESET CIRCUIT While the power source voltage satisfies the recommended operating condition, reset state is removed if pin RESET's level returns from the stabilized "L" level to the "H" level. As a result, program execution starts from the reset vector address. This reset vector address is expressed as shown below: * A23 to A16 = 0016 * A15 to A8 = Contents at address FFFF16 * A7 to A0 = Contents at address FFFE16 Figures 92 and 93 show the microcomputer internal register's status at reset, and Figure 94 shows an operation example of the reset circuit. Apply "L" level voltage to pin RESET for a period (2 s or more) under the following conditions: * Pin Vcc's level satisfies the recommended operating condition. * Oscillator's operation has been stabilized. VCC level VCC 0V RESET 0.2VCC level 2 s 0V XIN 0V Power on Fig. 94 Operation example of reset circuit (Note that proper evaluation is necessary in the system development stage.) Address CS0 control register L (8016)*** CS0 control register H Oscillation stabilized Address 1 0 D-A register 0 (9816)*** 0016 (8116)*** 1 0 0 0 1 D-A register 1 (9916)*** 0016 CS1 control register L (8216)*** 0 1 0 0 D-A register 2 (9A16)*** 0016 CS1 control register H (8316)*** 0 0 0 0 0 Flash memory control register (9E16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 1 CS2 control register L (8416)*** 0 1 0 0 Real-time output control register (A016)*** 0 0 0 CS2 control register H (8516)*** 0 0 0 0 0 Serial I/O pin control register (AC16)*** 0 0 0 0 CS3 control register L (8616)*** 0 1 0 0 Clock control register (BC16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 CS3 control register H (8716)*** 0 0 0 0 Processor status register PS 0 0 0 ? ? 0 0 0 1 ? ? Area CS0 start address register (8A16)*** 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Program bank register PG Area CS1 start address register (8C16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Program counter PCH Contents at address FFFF16 Area CS2 start address register (8E16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Program counter PCL Contents at address FFFE16 Area CS3 start address register (9016)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Direct page registers DPR0 to DPR3 Port function control register (9216)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Data bank register DT (Note 2) 1 0 0 0 0 (Note 3) (Note 3) (Note 3) (Note 3) 1 0 1 0 1 0 External interrupt input control register (9416)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D-A control register (9616)*** Stack pointer 0016 000016 0016 FFF16 0 0 0 Notes 1: The contents of the other registers and RAM are undefined at reset and must be initialized by software. 2: While Vss level voltage is applied to pin MD0, this bit is "0". While Vcc level voltage is applied to pin MD0, on the other hand, this bit is "1". 3: While Vss level voltage is applied to pin BYTE, these bits are "0". While Vcc level voltage is applied to pin BYTE, on the other hand, these bits are "1". Fig. 93 Microcomputer internal register's status at reset (2) 89 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Address Port P0 direction register Address (0416)*** 0016 Timer B1 mode register (5C16)*** 0 0 ? 0 0 0 0 (5D16)*** 0 0 ? 0 0 0 0 Port P1 direction register (0516)*** 0016 Timer B2 mode register Port P2 direction register (0816)*** 0016 Processor mode register 0 (5E16)*** (Note 2) 0 0 0 1 0 Port P3 direction register (0916)*** Processor mode register 1 (5F16)*** 0 0 Port P4 direction register (0C16)*** 0016 Watchdog timer Port P5 direction register (0D16)*** 0016 Watchdog timer frequency select register (6116)*** 0 0 Port P6 direction register (1016)*** 0016 Particular function select register 0 (6216)*** 0 Port P7 direction register (1116)*** 0016 Particular function select register 1 (6316)*** Port P8 direction register (1416)*** 0016 Debug control register 0 (6616)*** 1 Port P10 direction register (1816)*** 0016 Debug control register 1 (6716)*** 0 0 0 Port P10 direction register (1916)*** 0016 INT3 interrupt control register (6E16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 A-D control register 0 (1E16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 ? ? ? INT4 interrupt control register (6F16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 A-D control register 1 (1F16)*** A-D conversion interrupt control register (7016)*** ? 0 0 0 UART 0 Transmit/Receive mode register (3016)*** 0016 UART 0 transmit interrupt control register (7116)*** 0 0 0 0 UART 1 Transmit/Receive mode register (3816)*** 0016 UART 0 receive interrupt control register (7216)*** 0 0 0 0 UART 0 Transmit/Receive control register 0 (3416)*** 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 UART 1 transmit interrupt control register (7316)*** 0 0 0 0 UART 1 Transmit/Receive control register 0 (3C16)*** 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 UART 1 receive interrupt control register (7416)*** 0 0 0 0 UART 0 Transmit/Receive control register 1 (3516)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Timer A0 interrupt control register (7516)*** 0 0 0 0 UART 1 Transmit/Receive control register 1 (3D16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Timer A1 interrupt control register (7616)*** 0 0 0 0 Count start register (4016)*** 0016 Timer A2 interrupt control register (7716)*** 0 0 0 0 One-shot start register (4216)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 Timer A3 interrupt control register (7816)*** 0 0 0 0 Up-down register (4416)*** 0016 Timer A4 interrupt control register (7916)*** 0 0 0 0 Timer A clock frequency select register (4516)*** Timer B0 interrupt control register (7A16)*** 0 0 0 0 Timer A0 mode register (5616)*** 0016 Timer B1 interrupt control register (7B16)*** 0 0 0 0 Timer A1 mode register (5716)*** 0016 Timer B2 interrupt control register (7C16)*** 0 0 0 0 Timer A2 mode register (5816)*** 0016 INT0 interrupt control register (7D16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 Timer A3 mode register (5916)*** 0016 INT1 interrupt control register (7E16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 Timer A4 mode register (5A16)*** 0016 INT2 interrupt control register (7F16)*** 0 0 0 0 0 0 Timer B0 mode register (5B16)*** 0 0 ? 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 (Note 2) (6016)*** (Note 2) 0 0 0 FFF16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Note 3) (Note 3) (Note 3) 0 0 0 (Note 3) 0 0 0 0 Notes 1: The contents of the other registers and RAM are undefined at reset and must be initialized by software. 2: While Vss level voltage is applied to pin MD0, these bits are "0". While Vcc level voltage is applied to pin MD0, on the other hand, these bits are "1". 3: At power-on reset, these bits are clear to "0". At hardware or software reset, on the other hand, these bits retain the value just before reset. Fig. 92 Microcomputer internal register's status at reset (1) 90 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER OSCILLATION CIRCUIT An oscillation circuit locates between pins XIN and XOUT, and Figure 95 shows a circuit example with a oscillator (an external ceramic resonator or quartz crystal oscillator). The constants such as capacitance etc. depend on a oscillator. Therefore, for these constants, adopt the oscillator manufacturer's recommended values. Figure 96 shows a circuit example with an external clock source. When an external clock is input, be sure to leave pin XOUT open. Also, in this case, when the external clock input select bit (bit 1 of the particular function select register 0; See Figure 100.) is set to "1", the oscillation circuit stops it's operation, and the current dissipation is reduced. Moreover, this bit has another function, which selects the return condition from the stop mode. For details, refer to the section on the standby function. On the other hand, the PLL (Phase Locked Loop) frequency multiplier (hereafter, referred as PLL circuit.) is included, also. This PLL circuit uses an clock input from pin XIN and generates a multiplied clock. When using the PLL circuit, be sure to connect pin VCONT with an external filter circuit. (See Figure 97.) When not using the PLL circuit, be sure to leave pin VCONT open. When not using the PLL circuit, be sure to clear the PLL circuit operation enable bit (bit 1 of the clock control register; See Figure 99.), so that the PLL circuit will stop it's operation. M37902 XIN XOUT Rf Rd COUT CIN Fig. 95 Circuit example with external ceramic resonator or quartz crystal oscillator M37902 XIN XOUT Left open. External clock source Vcc Vss Fig. 96 Circuit example with external clock source M37902 VCONT 1 K 220 pF 0.1 F Note: Make the wiring length as short as possible, and shield it with the GND line which surrounds this circuit. Also, for the clock supply to pin XIN, see Figures 95 and 96. Fig. 97 Circuit example with pin VCONT and PLL circuit 91 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER CLOCK GENERATING CIRCUIT Figure 98 shows the block diagram of the clock generating circuit. The clock generating circuit consists of the clock oscillation circuit, PLL frequency multiplier (PLL circuit), system clock switch circuit, peripheral devices' clock switch circuit, clock divider, standby control circuit, etc. As control registers for the clock generating circuit, also, the clock control register (address BC16), particular function select register 0 (address 6216) are provided. (See Figures 99 and 100.) As shown in Figure 98, clocks used in the CPU, BIU, peripheral devices, watchdog timer (in other words, clocks CPU, BIU, f1 to f4096, Wf32, Wf512) are made from system clock fsys. System clock fsys can be selected between fXIN (in other words, a clock input from pin XIN) and fPLL (in other words, an output clock generated by the PLL circuit). By setting the clock 1 output select bit (bit 7 of the processor mode register 0) to "1", also, system clock fsys can be output from port pin P41, as clock 1. The PLL circuit's operation, system clock (fsys) selection, and divide ratio selection for peripheral devices' clocks (f1 to f4096) are controlled by the clock control register. The following describes about these control. Bit 1 of the clock control register (the PLL circuit operation enable bit) selects the PLL circuit's operation (stopped/active). When this bit is set to "1", pin VCONT will becomes valid, and the PLL circuit will operate. At reset, the PLL circuit operation enable bit becomes "1". (In this case, the PLL circuit operates.) When not using the PLL circuit, be sure to clear the PLL circuit operation enable bit to "0" (stopped). At the STP instruction execution or while the flash memory parallel I/O mode is set, the PLL circuit stops its operation, and pin VCONT is in- valid, regardless of this bit 1's status. Bits 2 and 3 of the clock control register (the PLL multiplication ratio select bits) select the ratio of fPLL/fXIN. The PLL multiplication ratio must be set so that the frequency of the PLL output clock (fPLL) must be in the range from 10 MHz to 26 MHz. At reset, the PLL multiplication ratio select bits become "0,1" ( 2). The change of the multiplication ratio must be performed while input clock fXIN is set as system clock. (In this case, bit 5 of the clock control register = "0".) After that, be sure to wait that the operation-stabilizing time of the PLL circuit has passed, and switch the system clock to the PLL output clock (fPLL). (In other words, set bit 5 to "1".) Note that, after reset, the PLL multiplication ratio select bits are allowed to be changed only once. Bit 5 of the clock control register is the system clock select bit, and fXIN is selected as the system clock when bit 5 = "0". On the other hand, when bit 5 = "1", the PLL output clock (fPLL) is selected. At reset, the system clock select bit becomes "0". When selecting fPLL, be sure that the PLL circuit's operation has been stabilized properly, and then, set the system clock select bit to "1". Also, when the PLL circuit operation enable bit is cleared to "0" (the PLL circuit is stopped.), the system clock select bit will automatically be cleared to "0". Note that a value of "1" cannot be written to the system clock select bit while the PLL circuit operation enable bit ="0". Table 15 lists the fsys selection. Bits 6 and 7 of the clock control register are the peripheral devices' clock select bits 0, 1, and these bits select the multiplication ratio of (f1 to f4096)/(fsys). Table 16 lists the internal peripheral devices' operation clock frequency. At reset, these bits become "0, 0". Table 15. fsys selection System clock select bit PLL circuit operation enable bit PLL multiplication ratio select bits (Bit 5) (Bits 3, 2) (Note) (Bit 1) 0 01 ( 2) 1 1 10 ( 3) 11 ( 4) System clock fsys Clock source fXIN fPLL fPLL fPLL Frequency (Note) f(XIN) f(XIN) 2 f(XIN) 3 f(XIN) 4 Note: The PLL multiplication ratio must be set so that the frequency of the PLL output clock (fPLL) must be in the range from 10 MHz to 26 MHz. f(XIN) means the frequency of the input clock from pin XIN (fXIN). After reset, the PLL multiplication ratio select bits are allowed to be changed only once. Table 16. Internal peripheral devices' operation clock frequency Internal peripheral devices' operation clock f1 f2 f16 f64 f512 f4096 Peripheral devices' clock select bits 1, 0 (bits 7, 6) 00 fsys fsys/2 fsys/16 fsys/64 fsys/512 fsys/4096 0 1 (Note) fsys fsys fsys/8 fsys/32 fsys/256 fsys/2048 10 11 fsys/2 fsys/4 fsys/32 fsys/128 fsys/1024 fsys/8192 Do not select. Note: When selecting the peripheral devices' clock select bits 1, 0 = "012", be sure that system clock fsys does not exceed 13 MHz. 92 R S Q WIT instruction Interrupt request R S Q External clock input select bit STP instruction Interrupt request Wait mode XIN XOUT fXIN f/n STP instruction R S Q 0 1 1 0 System clock frequency select bit Wait mode fsys 1/2 1/2 BIU : Bus interface Unit CPU : Central Processing Unit : Signal generated when the watchdog timer's most significant bit becomes "0". : bit 0 at address 6116 : bits 6, 7 at address 6116 : bit 1 at address 6216 : bit 3 at address 6316 : bit 1 at address BC16 : bits 2, 3 at address BC16 : bit 5 at address BC16 : bits 6, 7 at address BC16 CPU wait request 1 0 Peripheral device's clock select bit 0 Access to Wait mode external area HLDA 1 0 Peripheral device's clock select bit 1 * Watchdog timer frequency select bit * Watchdog timer clock source select bit at stop state termination * External clock input select bit * System clock stop select bit at WIT * PLL circuit operation enable bit * PLL multiplication ratio select bits * System clock select bit * Peripheral device's clock select bit 0, 1 Reset VCONT fX16 fX32 fX64 fX128 fPLL PLL circuit operation enable bit PLL frequency multiplier PLL multiplication ratio select bits System clock stop select bi at WIT Wait mode 1 f4096 1/16 0 1 Wf512 Wf32 Watchdog timer frequency select bit 1/8 fX16 fX32 fX64 fX128 External clock input select bit (Clock for CPU) CPU (Clock for BIU) BIU 1/8 Watchdog timer clock source select bit at stop state termination 1/16 1/4 System clock frequency select bit 1/8 f1 f2 f16 f64 f512 0 1 Watchdog timer Interrupt request Operating clock for timer A Operating clock for serial I/O, timer B A-D conversion frequency (AD) clock source Peripheral device's clocks MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Fig. 98 Block diagram of clock generating circuit 93 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 Clock control register Address BC16 At reset 0716 Fix this bit to "1". PLL circuit operation enable bit (Note 1) 0: PLL frequency multiplier is stopped, and pin VCONT is invalid (floating state). 1: PLL frequency multiplier is operating, and pin VCONT is valid. PLL multiplication ratio select bits (Note 2) 00: Do not select. 01: Double 10: Triple 11: Quadruple Fix this bit to "0". System clock select bit (Note 3) 0: fXIN 1: fPLL Peripheral device's clock select bits 1, 0 See Table 16. Notes 1: When not using the PLL frequency multiplier, clear this bit to "0". In the stop mode or in the flash memory parallel I/O mode, the PLL circuit stops it's operation regardless of this bit's contents; at this time, pin VCONT is invalid. 2: When rewriting this bit, be sure to clear bit 5 to "0" simultaneously. Also, after this bit is rewritten, insert a waiting time of 2 ms, and then set bit 5 to "1". 3: When the PLL circuit operation enable bit (bit 1) has been cleared to "0", this bit will also be cleared to "0". Also, bit 1 = "0", nothing can be written to this bit. (Fixed to be "0".) Fig. 99 Bit configuration of clock control register 7 0 6 5 4 0 0 3 2 1 0 Particular function select register 0 Address 6216 STP instruction invalidity select bit (Note) 0: STP instruction is valid. 1: STP instruction is invalid. External clock input select bit (Note) 0: Oscillation circuit is active. (Oscillator is connected.) Watchdog timer is used at stop mode termination. 1: Oscillation circuit is inactive. (External clock is input.) When the system clock select bit = "0", watchdog timer is not used at stop mode termination. When the system clock select bit = "1", watchdog timer is used at stop mode termination. Fix this bit to "0". Note: Writing to these bits requires the following procedure: * Write "5516" to this register. (The bit status does not change only by this writing.) * Succeedingly, write "0" or "1" to each bit. Also, use the MOVM (MOVMB) instruction or STA (STAB, STAD) instruction Fig. 100 Bit configuration of particular function select register 0 94 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER STANDBY FUNCTION STP mode The standby function provides the stop (hereafter called STP) and the wait (hereafter called WIT) mode. These modes are used to save the power dissipation of the system, by stopping oscillation or system clock in the case that the CPU needs not be operating. The microcomputer enters the STP or WIT mode by executing the STP or WIT instruction, and either mode is terminated by acceptance of an interrupt request or reset. To terminate the STP or WIT mode by an interrupt request, the interrupt to be used for termination of the STP or WIT mode must be enabled in advance to execution of the STP or WIT instruction. The interrupt priority level of this interrupt is required to be higher than the processor interrupt priority level (IPL) of the routine where the STP or WIT instruction will be executed. Figures 100 to 102 show the bit configurations of the particular function select registers 0, 1, and watchdog timer frequency select register respectively. Setting the STP instruction invalidity select bit (bit 0 of the particular function select register 0) to "1" invalidates the STP instruction, and the STP instruction will be ignored. Since the above bit is cleared to "0" after reset is removed, however, the STP instruction is valid. The STP- or the WIT-instruction-execution status bit (bit 0 or 1 of the particular function select register 1) is set to "1" by the execution of the STP or the WIT instruction, and so, after the STP or WIT mode has been terminated, each bit will indicate that the STP or WIT instruction has been executed. Accordingly, each of these bits must be cleared to "0" by software at termination of the STP or the WIT mode. Table 17 explains the microcomputer's operation in the STP and WIT modes. The external bus fixation function can also be provided. This function enables the user to specify the states of the external bus and the bus control signals in the memory expansion and the microprocessor mode in the STP or WIT mode. For more information, refer to the section on the power saving function. The execution of the STP instruction stops the oscillation circuit and PLL circuit. It also stops input clock fXIN, system clock fsys, BIU, CPU, and peripheral devices' clocks f1 to f4096, Wf32 and Wf512 in the "L" state, and divide clocks fX16 to fX128 in the "H" state. In the watchdog timer, "FFF16" is automatically set. As shown in Figure 98, any one of divide clocks fX16 to fX128, which is selected by the watchdog timer clock source select bits at STP termination (bits 6 and 7 of the watchdog timer frequency select register), becomes the watchdog timer's clock source. In the STP mode, the A-D converter and watchdog timer, which uses peripheral devices' clocks f1 to f4096, Wf32 and Wf512, are stopped. At this time, timers A and B operate only in the event counter mode, and serial I/O communication is active while an external clock is selected. The STP mode is terminated by acceptance of an interrupt request or reset, and the oscillation circuit and PLL circuit restart their operations. Input clock fXIN, system clock fsys, and peripheral devices' clocks f1 to f4096, Wf32 and Wf512 are also supplied. When the STP mode is terminated by reset, supply of BIU and CPU starts immediately after the oscillation circuit and PLL circuit restart their operations. Therefore, the reset input must be raised "H" after the operation-stabilizing time for these circuits has passed. The following two modes are available in order to terminate the STP mode by an interrupt: (1) The watchdog timer is used in order to measure the period from the operation restart of the oscillation circuit and PLL circuit until the supply start of BIU and CPU. (2) The supply of BIU and CPU is started immediately after the operation restart of the oscillation circuit and PLL circuit. When the external clock input select bit (bit 1 of the particular function select register 0) = "0" or the system clock select bit (bit 5 of the clock control register) = "1", the watchdog timer will start counting Table 17. Microcomputer's operation in STP and WIT modes Mode STP System clock stop select bit at WIT Oscillation PLL circuit circuit Operations of function while WIT, STP modes fsys, 1, Wf32, Wf512 BIU, CPU Peripheral devices using f1 to f4096, Wf32, Wf512 f1 to f4096 -- Stopped Stopped Stopped ("L") Stopped ("L") Stopped ("L") "0" Active (Note 1) Active (Note 2) Active Stopped ("L") Stopped ("L") WIT "1" Active (Note 1) Active (Note 2) Stopped ("L") Stopped ("L") Stopped ("L") Timers A, B: Operation is enabled only in the event counter mode. Serial I/O: Operation is enabled only while an external clock is selected. A-D converter: Stopped. (Watchdog timer: Stopped.) Timers A, B, Serial I/O, A-D converter: Operation is enabled. (Watchdog timer: Stopped.) Timers A, B: Operation is enabled only in the event counter mode. Serial I/O: Operation is enabled only while an external clock is selected. A-D converter: Stopped. (Watchdog timer: Stopped.) Notes 1: When the external clock input select bit = "1", the oscillation circuit stops. Also, clock input from pin XIN is available. 2: When the PLL operation enable bit = "0", the PLL circuit stops. 95 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER down with one of the above divide clocks, fX16 to fX128, after the oscillation circuit and PLL circuit have been restarted their operations owing to an interrupt. The most significant bit of the watchdog timer reaching "0", supply of BIU and CPU restarts. On the other hand, when the external clock input select bit = "1 " and the system clock select bit = "0", supply of BIU and CPU will restart immediately after the oscillation circuit has been restarted their operations owing to an interrupt. (In actual fact, after the selected one of the above divide clocks, fX16 to fX128, has been changed from "H" to "L", this supply will restart.) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Particular function select register 1 Address 6316 STP-instruction-execution status bit (Note 1) 0: Normal operation. 1: STP instruction has been executed. WIT-instruction-execution status bit (Note 1) 0: Normal operation. 1: WIT instruction has been executed. Standby state select bit 0: External bus 1: Programmable I/O port System clock stop select bit at WIT (Note 2) 0: In wait mode, system clock fsys is active. 1: In wait mode, system clock fsys is stopped. Address output select bit 0: Address changes depending on bus access. 1: Address changes only at access to external address. Timer B2 clock source select bit In event counter mode: 0: Clock input from pin TB2IN is counted. 1: fX32 (f(XIN)/32) is counted. Notes 1: At power-on reset, this bit becomes "0". At hardware reset or software reset, this bit retains the value just before reset. Even when "1" is written, the bit status will not change. 2: Setting this bit to "1" must be performed just before execution of the WIT instruction. Also, after the wait state is terminated, this bit must be cleared to "0" immediately. Fig. 101 Bit configuration of particular function select register 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Watchdog timer frequency select register Address 6116 Watchdog timer frequency select bit 0 : Select W f512 1 : Select W f32 Watchdog timer clock source select bits at STP termination 0 0 : fX32 0 1 : fX16 1 0 : fX128 1 1 : fX64 Fig. 102 Bit configuration of watchdog timer frequency select register 96 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER WIT mode When the WIT instruction is executed with the system clock stop select bit at WIT (bit 3 of the particular function select register 1 in Figure 101) being "0", BIU, CPU, and divide clocks Wf32 and Wf512 are stopped in the "L" state. However, the oscillation circuit, PLL circuit, input clock fXIN, system clock fsys, 1, and peripheral devices' clock f1 to f4096 remain operating. Therefore, BIU and CPU are stopped, whereas timers A and B, serial I/O, and the A-D converter, which use the peripheral devices' clocks f1 to f4096, are still operating. Note that the watchdog timer is stopped. On the other hand, when the WIT instruction is executed with the system clock stop select bit at WIT being "1", the oscillation circuit, PLL circuit, and input clock fXIN are operating, while system clock fsys, BIU, CPU, and peripheral devices' clocks stop operating. As a result, the A-D converter and watchdog timer, which use peripheral devices' clocks f1 to f4096, Wf32 and Wf512, are stopped. At this time, timers A and B operate only in the event counter mode, and serial I/O communication is active only while an external clock is selected. If the internal peripheral devices are not used in the WIT mode, the latter is better because the current dissipation is more saved. Note that the system clock stop select bit at WIT is to be set to "1" immediately before execution of the WIT instruction and cleared to "0" immediately after the WIT mode is terminated. The WIT state is terminated by acceptance of an interrupt request, and then, supply of BIU and CPU will restart. Since the oscillation circuit, PLL circuit, and clock input fXIN are operating in the WIT mode, an interrupt processing can be executed just after the WIT mode termination. 97 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER POWER SAVING FUNCTION The following functions can save the power dissipation of the whole system. mode, owing to an interrupt request occurrence. Therefore, an instruction can be executed just after the termination of the stop mode. For details, refer to the section on the clock generating circuit and standby function. (1) External bus fixation in standby state By setting the standby state select bit (bit 2 of the particular function select register 1) to "1", in the stop or wait mode, the I/O pins of the external buses and bus control signals can be switched to programmable I/O port pins. By setting these pins' state with the corresponding port registers and port direction registers, unnecessary current will not flow between the microcomputer and external devices. As a result, in the stop or wait mode, the power dissipation of the whole system can be lowered. Table 18 lists the correspondence between the external buses, bus control signals, and programmable I/O port pins. This function is valid only in the stop or wait mode. At termination of the stop or wait mode, the original function of external buses and bus control signals become valid. Table 18. Correspondence between external buses, bus control signals, and programmable I/O port pins Standby state select bit External buses, Bus control signals 0 1 A0 to A7, A8 to A15, A16 to A23 A0 to A7, A8 to A15, A16 to A23 P100 to P107, P110 to P117, P00 to P07 D0 to D7, D8 to D15 D0 to D7, D8 to D15 (Note) P10 to P17, P20 to P27 RD, BLW, BHW RD, BLW, BHW (Note) P31, P32, P33 CS0 CS0 P90 Note: When the external data bus width = 8 bits (BYTE = VCC level), this becomes a programmable I/O port pin, regardless of the standby state select bit's contents. (2) Stop of system clock in wait mode In the wait mode, if the internal peripheral devices need not to operate, the system clock stop select bit at WIT (bit 3 of the particular function select register 1) = "1", both of system clock fsys and peripheral devices' clock stop their operations, and the power dissipation can be saved. For details, refer to the section on the standby function. (3) Stop of oscillation circuit When an externally-generated-stable clock is input to pin XIN, the power dissipation can be saved if both of the following conditions are met: * the external clock input select bit (bit 1 of the particular function select register 0) = "1". * the oscillation driver between pins XIN and XOUT stops its operation. At this time, the output level at pin XOUT is fixed to "H". When not using a PLL output clock, also, the supply of BIU and CPU restarts their operations just after the microcomputers returns from the stop 98 (4) Disconnection from pin VREF When not using the A-D converter and D-A converter, by setting the VREF connection select bit (bit 6 of the A-D control register 1) to "1", the resistor ladder network of the A-D converter will be disconnected from the reference voltage input pin (VREF). In this case, no current flows from pin VREF to the resistor ladder network, and the power dissipation can be saved. Note that, after the VREF connection select bit changes from "1" (VREF disconnected) to "0" (VREF connected), be sure that a waiting time of 1 s of more has passed before the A-D conversion starts. For details, refer to the sections on the A-D converter and D-A converter. (5) Address output selection In the memory expansion mode or microprocessor mode, when the address output select bit (bit 4 of the particular function select register 1) becomes "1", the unnecessary change of address pins' state will be avoided, without output of an address at access to the internal area. For details, refer to the section on the BIU. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER DEBUG FUNCTION When the CPU fetches an instruction code, an interrupt request will be generated if a selected condition is satisfied, as a resultant of comparison between a specified address and the start address where the instruction code is stored (the contents of PG and PC). The decision whether this condition is satisfied or not is called address matching detection, and the interrupt generated by this detection is called an address matching detection interrupt. (For interrupt vector addresses, refer to the section on interrupts.) In the address matching detection, a non-maskable interrupt routine is proceeded without execution of the original instruction which has been allocated to the target address. The debug function provides the following two modes: * the address matching detection mode, which is used to avoid the area where program exists or modify a program. * the out-of-address-area detection mode, which is used to detect a program runaway. Figures 103 shows the block diagram of the debug function. Figures 104 and 105 show the bit configurations of the debug control registers 0, 1, and address compare registers 0,1, respectively. The detect condition select bits of the debug control register 0 can select one condition between the following 4 conditions. When the selected address condition is satisfied, an address matching detection interrupt request will be generated: (1) Address matching detection 0 The contents of PG and PC match with the address which has been set in the address compare register 0. (2) Address matching detection 1 The contents of PG and PC match with the address which has been set in the address compare register 1. (3) Address matching detection 2 The contents of PG and PC match with the address which has been set in either of the address compare register 0 or address compare register 1. (4) Out-of-address-area detection The contents of PG and PC are less than the address which has been set in the address compare register 0 or larger than the address which has been set in the address compare register 1. By setting the detect enable bit of the debug control register 0 to "1", an address matching detection interrupt request will be generated if any one of the above address conditions is satisfied. Clearing the detect enable bit to "0" generates no interrupt request even if any of the above address conditions is satisfied. The address compare register access enable bit of the debug control register 1 must be set to "1" by the instruction just before the access operation (read/write). Then, this bit must be cleared to "0" (disabled) by the next instruction. While this bit = "0", the address compare registers 0, 1 cannot be accessed. The address-matching-detection 2 decision bit of the debug control register 1 decides, whether the address which has been set in the address compare register 0 or 1 matches with the contents of PG, PC, when the address matching detection 2 is selected. The contents of this bit is invalid when address matching detection 0 or 1 is selected. In order to use the debug function to avoid the area where program exists or modify a program, perform the necessary processing within an address matching interrupt routine. As a result, the contents of PG, PC, PS at acceptance of an address matching detection interrupt request (i.e. the address at which an address matching detection condition is satisfied) have been pushed on to the stack. If a return destination address after the interrupt processing is to be altered, rewrite the contents of the stack, and then return by the RTI instruction. To use the debug function to detect a program runaway, set an address area where no program exists into the address compare registers 0 and 1 by using the out-of-address-area detection. When the CPU fetches instruction codes from this address area and executes them, an address matching detection interrupt request will be generated. The above debug function cannot be evaluated by a debugger, so that the debug function must not be used while a debugger is running. Internal data bus (DB0 to DB15) Debug control register 0 Address compare register 0 Address compare register 1 Debug control register 1 Matching * Compare register Matching * Compare register Address matching detect circuit Address matching detection interrupt CPU bus (Address) Fig 103. Block diagram of debug function 99 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER 7 6 1 0 5 4 3 0 0 2 1 0 Debug control register 0 Address 6616 Detect condition select bits (Note 1) 000: Do not select. 001: Address matching detection 0 010: Address matching detection 1 011: Address matching detection 2 100: Do not select. 101: Out-of-address-area detection 110: Do not select. 111: Do not select Fix this bit to "0" (Note 1). Detect enable bit (Note 1) 0: Detection disabled. 1: Detection enabled. Fix this bit to "0" (Note 1). "1" at read. 7 0 6 5 4 3 0 1 2 1 0 Debug control register 1 0 Address 6716 Fix this bit to "0" (Note 1). "0" at read (Note 1). Address compare register access enable bit (Note 2) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Fix this bit to "1" when using the debug function. Fix this bit to "0" (Note 1). While debugger is not used, "0" at read. While debugger is used, "1" at read. Address-matching-detection 2 decision bit Valid when address matching detection 2 is selected. 0: Matches with the contents of the address compare register 0. 1: Matches with the contents of the address compare register 1. "0" at read. Notes 1: At power-on reset, these bits = "0"; at hardware reset or software reset, these bits retain the value just before reset. 2: Set this bit to "1" with the instruction just before the address compare register 0, 1 (addresses 6816 to 6D16) is accessed. And then, clear this bit to "0" with the instruction just after the access. Fig. 104 Bit configuration of debug control register 0, 1 (23) 7 (16) (15) 0 7 (8) 0 7 0 Address compare register 0 Address compare register 1 Address 6816, 6916, 6A16 6B16, 6C16, 6D16 The address to be detected (in other words, the start address of instruction) is set here. Fig. 105 Bit configuration of address compare register 0, 1 100 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER FLASH MEMORY MODE These microcomputers contain the DINOR (DIvided bit line NOR)type flash memory; and single-power-supply reprogramming is available to this. These microcomputers have the following three modes, enabling reading/programming/erasure for the flash memory: * Flash memory parallel I/O mode and Flash memory serial I/O mode, where the flash memory is handled by using an external programmer. * CPU reprogramming mode, where the flash memory is handled by the central processing unit (CPU). As shown in Figures 106 to 108, the flash memory is divided into several blocks, and erasure per block is possible. Each of these blocks is provided with a lock bit, which determines the validity of erasure/program execution. Therefore, data protection per block is possible. This internal flash memory has the boot ROM area storing the reprogramming control software for reprogramming in the CPU reprogramming mode and flash memory serial I/O mode, as well as the user ROM area storing a certain control software for the normal operation in the microcomputer mode. Although our reprogramming control firmware for the flash memory serial I/O mode has been stored into this boot ROM area on shipment, the user-original reprogramming control software which is more appropriate for the user's system is reprogrammable into this area, instead. Note that the reprogramming for the boot ROM area is enabled only in the flash memory parallel I/O mode. User ROM area Byte Address Word Address 00380016 003FFF16 00400016 005FFF16 00600016 007FFF16 00800016 001C0016 001FFF16 00200016 002FFF16 00300016 003FFF16 00400016 00000016 003FFF16 001FFF16 8 Kbytes 007FFF16 00800016 00FFFF16 01000016 64 Kbytes 02FFFF16 03000016 00000016 16 Kbytes 8 Kbytes 64 Kbytes 01FFFF16 02000016 Word Addresses 2 Kbytes 32 Kbytes 00FFFF16 01000016 Boot ROM area Byte Addresses 017FFF16 01800016 Notes 1: In the flash memory mode, the read/programming/erase operation cannot be performed for areas except for the internal flash memory area. 2: The boot ROM area can be reprogrammed only in the flash memory parallel I/O mode. When the boot ROM area is read out by the CPU, these addresses are shifted to addresses 00C00016-00FFFF16 (byte addresses). 3: The reserved area for the serial programmer is assigned to addresses FFB016-FFBF16 (byte addresses). When the flash memory serial I/O mode is used, do not program to this area. 64 Kbytes 03FFFF16 04000016 01FFFF16 02000016 64 Kbytes 04FFFF16 05000016 027FFF16 02800016 64 Kbytes 05FFFF16 06000016 02FFFF16 03000016 64 Kbytes 06FFFF16 07000016 037FFF16 03800016 64 Kbytes 07FFFF16 03FFFF16 Total 498 Kbytes Fig 106. M37902FJCHP: block configuration of internal flash memory 101 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER User ROM area Boot ROM area Byte Address Word Address Byte Addresses 00200016 00100016 00000016 00000016 003FFF16 00400016 005FFF16 00600016 007FFF16 00800016 001FFF16 00200016 002FFF16 00300016 003FFF16 00400016 003FFF16 001FFF16 8 Kbytes 8 Kbytes 007FFF16 00800016 64 Kbytes 01FFFF16 16 Kbytes 8 Kbytes 32 Kbytes 00FFFF16 01000016 Word Addresses 00FFFF16 Total 120 Kbytes Notes 1: In the flash memory mode, the read/programming/erase operation cannot be performed for areas except for the internal flash memory area. 2: The boot ROM area can be reprogrammed only in the flash memory parallel I/O mode. When the boot ROM area is read out by the CPU, these addresses are shifted to addresses 00C00016-00FFFF16 (byte addresses). 3: The reserved area for the serial programmer is assigned to addresses FFB016-FFBF16 (byte addresses). When the flash memory serial I/O mode is used, do not program to this area. Fig 107. M37902FCCHP: block configuration of internal flash memory User ROM area Boot ROM area Byte Address Word Address Byte Addresses 00200016 00100016 00000016 003FFF16 00400016 005FFF16 00600016 007FFF16 00800016 001FFF16 00200016 002FFF16 00300016 003FFF16 00400016 8 Kbytes 003FFF16 007FFF16 00800016 00FFFF16 01000016 Notes 1: In the flash memory mode, the read/programming/erase operation cannot be performed for areas except for the internal flash memory area. 2: The boot ROM area can be reprogrammed only in the flash memory parallel I/O mode. When the boot ROM area is read out by the CPU, these addresses are shifted to addresses 00C00016-00FFFF16 (byte addresses). 3: The reserved area for the serial programmer is assigned to addresses FFB016-FFBF16 (byte addresses). When the flash memory serial I/O mode is used, do not program to this area. 64 Kbytes 02FFFF16 03000016 017FFF16 01800016 64 Kbytes 03FFFF16 01FFFF16 Total 248 Kbytes Fig 108. M37902FGCHP: block configuration of internal flash memory 102 001FFF16 8 Kbytes 64 Kbytes 01FFFF16 02000016 00000016 16 Kbytes 8 Kbytes 32 Kbytes 00FFFF16 01000016 Word Addresses MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Flash Memory Parallel I/O Mode User ROM Area and Boot ROM Area The flash memory parallel I/O mode is used to manipulate the internal flash memory with a parallel programmer. This parallel programmer uses the software commands listed in Table 19 to do the flash memory manipulations, such as read/programming/erase operations. In the flash memory parallel I/O mode, each block can be protected from erasing/programming (in other words, block lock). The user ROM area and boot ROM area can be reprogrammed in the flash memory parallel I/O mode. The programming and block erase operations can be performed only to these areas. The boot ROM area, 16 Kbytes in size, is assigned to addresses 000016-3FFF16 (byte addresses), so that programming and block erase operations can be performed only to this area. (Access to any address out of this area is prohibited). The erasable block in the boot ROM area is only one block, consisting of 16 Kbytes. The reprogramming control firmware to be used in the flash memory serial I/O mode has been stored to this boot ROM area on our shipment. Therefore, do not reprogram the boot ROM area if the user uses the flash memory serial I/O mode. Addresses FFB016 to FFBF16 are the reserved area for the serial programmer. Therefore, when the user uses the flash memory serial I/O mode, do not program to this area. Note that, when the boot ROM area is read out from the CPU in the CPU reprogramming mode, described later, its addresses will be shifted to C00016--FFFF16 (byte addresses). Table 19. Software commands (flash memory parallel I/O mode) Software Command Read Array Read Status Register Clear Status Register Page Programming (Note) Block Erase Erase All Unclocked Block Lock Bit Programming Read Lock Bit Status Note: Programming is performed in a unit of 256 bytes, with the low-order address assigned in the range of 0016--FF16 (byte addresses). 103 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Flash Memory Serial I/O Mode In the flash memory serial I/O mode, addresses, data, and software commands, which are required to read/program/erase the internal flash memory, are serially input and output with a fewer pins and the dedicated serial programmer. In this mode, being different from the flash memory parallel I/O mode, the CPU controls reprogramming of the flash memory (using the CPU reprogramming mode), serial input of the reprogramming data, etc. The reprogramming control firmware for the flash memory serial I/O mode has been stored in the boot ROM area on shipment of the product from us. Note that, then, the flash memory serial I/O mode will become unavailable if the boot ROM area has been reprogrammed in the flash memory parallel I/O mode. Note that, also, this reprogramming control firmware for the flash memory serial I/O mode is subject to change. Figure 112 shows the pin connection in the flash memory serial I/O mode. The three pins, SCLK, SDA, and BUSY, are used to input and output serial data. The SCLK pin is the input pin of external transfer clocks. The SDA pin is the I/O pin of transmit and receive data, and its output acts as the N-channel open-drain output. To the SDA pin, connect an external pullup resistor (about 1 k). The BUSY pin is the output pin of the BUSY flag (CMOS output) and goes "H" during BUSY periods owing to a certain operation, such as transmit, receive, erase, programming, etc. Transmit and receive data are serially transferred 8 bits at a time. In the flash memory serial I/O mode, only the user ROM area can be reprogrammed; the boot ROM area is not accessible. Addresses FFB016 to FFBF16 are the reserved area for the serial programmer. Therefore, when the user uses the flash memory serial I/O mode, do not program to this area. 104 BUSY SDA SCLK P70/AN0 P67/TB2IN P66/TB1IN P65/TB0IN P64/INT2 P63/INT1 P62/INT0 P61/TA4IN P60/TA4OUT P57/TA3IN/RTP13/KI3 P56/TA3OUT/RTP12/KI2 P55/TA2IN/RTP11/KI1 P54/TA2OUT/RTP10/KI0 P53/TA1IN/RTP03 P52/TA1OUT/RTP02 P51/TA0IN/RTP01 P50/TA0OUT/RTP00 P47/CS3 P46/CS2 P45/CS1 P44/CS0 P43/HOLD P42/HLDA P41/1 P40/ALE 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 AVSS VSS NMI P80/CTS0/RTS0/DA2/INT3 P77/AN7/ADTRG/DA1/(INT2) P76/AN6/DA0 P75/AN5/(INT4) P74/AN4/(INT3) P73/AN3 P72/AN2 P71/AN1 2 1 VCC P103/A3 P102/A2 P101/A1 P100/A0 P87/TXD1 P86/RXD1 P85/CTS1/CLK1 P84/CTS1/RTS1/INT4 P83/TXD0 P82/RXD0 P81/CTS0/CLK0 VCC AVCC VREF 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 75 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 P104/A4 P105/A5 P106/A6 P107/A7 P110/A8 P111/A9 P112/A10 P113/A11 P114/A12 P115/A13 P116/A14 P117/A15 P00/A16 P01/A17 P02/A18 P03/A19 P04/A20 P05/A21 P06/A22 P07/A23 VSS MD1 P10/D0/LA0 P11/D1/LA1 P12/D2/LA2 MD1 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER P13/D3/LA3 P14/D4/LA4 P15/D5/LA5 P16/D6/LA6 P17/D7/LA7 P20/D8 P21/D9 P22/D10 P23/D11 P24/D12 P25/D13 P26/D14 P27/D15 VCC XOUT XIN VSS MD0 RESET VCONT BYTE P30/RDY P31/RD P32/BLW P33/BHW RESET VSS : Connect to the ceramic oscillation circuit. Output 100P6Q-A Fig.112 Pin connection of M37902FxCHP in flash memory serial I/O mode 105 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER CPU Reprogramming Mode The CPU reprogramming mode is used to perform the operations for the internal flash memory (reading, programming, erasing) under control of the CPU. In this mode, only the user ROM area can be reprogrammed; the boot ROM area cannot be reprogrammed. The user-original reprogramming control software for the CPU reprogramming mode can be stored in either the user ROM area or the boot ROM area. Because the CPU cannot read out the flash memory in the CPU reprogramming mode, the above software must be transferred to the internal RAM in advance to be executed. Boot Mode The user-original reprogramming control software for the CPU reprogramming mode must be stored into the user ROM area or the boot ROM area in the flash memory parallel I/O mode in advance. (If this program has been stored into the boot ROM area, the flash memory serial I/O mode will become unavailable). Note that addresses of the boot ROM area depend on the accessing ways to the boot ROM area, When accessing in the flash memory 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 parallel I/O mode, these addresses will be shifted to 0000 16 to 3FFF16 (byte address). On the other hand, when accessing with the CPU, these addresses will be shifted to C00016 to FFFF16 (byte address). Reset removal with both of the MD0 and MD1 pins held "L" invokes the normal microcomputer mode, and the CPU operates using the control software stored in the user ROM area. In this case, the boot ROM area is not accessible. Removing reset with the MD0 pin held "L" and the MD1 pin "H", the CPU starts its operation using the reprogramming control software stored in the boot ROM area. This mode is called the boot mode. The reprogramming control software in the boot ROM area can also reprogram the user ROM area. After reset removal, be sure not to change the status at pins MD0 and MD1. 0 0 Flash memory control register Address 9E16 RY/BY status bit 0: Busy (Programming or erasing is active.) 1: Ready CPU reprogramming mode select bit (Note 2) 0: Normal mode (Software commands are ignored.) 1: CPU reprogramming mode (Software commands are acceptable.) Lock bit invalidity select bit (Note 3) 0: Block lock by lock bit data is valid. 1: Block lock by lock bit data is invalid. Flash memory reset bit (Note 4) 0: Normal operation 1: Reset Must be "0". User ROM area select bit (Note 5) (Valid only in the boot mode.) 0: Boot ROM area access 1: User ROM area access Notes 1: The contents of the flash memory control register after reset is removed are "XX0000012". 2: To set "1", writing of "0" to bit 1 and subsequent writing of "1" to bit 1 are necessary. Writing to bit 1 must be performed by the user-original reprogramming control software in the internal RAM. 3: To set "1", writing of "0" to bit 2 and subsequent writing of "1" to bit 2 are necessary while bit 1 = "1". 4: Valid only when bit 1 = "1". Set bit 3 to "1" (reset), and then clear to "0". This bit 3 must be controlled with bit 1 = "1". 5: Writing to bit 5 must be performed by the user-original reprogramming control software in the internal RAM. Fig. 114 Bit configuration of flash memory control register 106 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Function overview (CPU reprogramming mode) The CPU reprogramming mode is available in the single-chip mode, memory expansion mode, and boot mode to reprogram the user ROM area only. In the CPU reprogramming mode, the CPU erases, programs, and reads the internal flash memory by writing software commands. Note that the user-original reprogramming control software must be transferred to the internal RAM in advance to be executed. The CPU reprogramming mode becomes active when "1" is written into the flash memory control register's bit 1 (the CPU reprogramming mode select bit) shown in Figure 114, and software commands become acceptable. In the CPU reprogramming mode, software commands and data are all written to and read from even addresses (Note that address A0 in byte addresses = "0".) 16 bits at a time. Therefore, a software command consisting of 8 bits must be written to an even address; therefore, any command written to an odd address will be invalid. Since the write data at the 2nd cycle of a programming command consists of 16 bits, this data must be written to even and odd addresses. The write state machine (WSM) in the flash memory controls the erase and programming operations. What the status of the WSM operation is and whether the programming or erase operation has been completed normally or terminated by an error can be examined by reading the status register. Figure 114 shows the bit configuration of the flash memory control register. Bit 0 (the RY/BY status bit) is a read-only bit for indicating the WSM operation. This bit goes to "0" (BUSY) while the automatic programming/erase operation is active and goes to "1" (READY) during the other operations. Bit 1 serves as the CPU reprogramming mode select bit. Writing of "1" to this bit selects the CPU reprogramming mode, and software commands will be acceptable. Because the CPU cannot directly access the internal flash memory in the CPU reprogramming mode, writing to this bit 1 must be performed by the user-original reprogramming control software which has been transferred to the internal RAM in advance. To set bit 1 to "1", it is necessary to write "0" and "1" to this bit 1 successively. On the other hand, to clear this bit to "0", it is sufficient only to write "0". Bit 2 serves as the lock bit invalidity select bit, and setting this bit to "1" invalidates the protection by a lock bit against erasing and programming (block lock). The lock bit invalidity select bit can invalidates the lock bit function but set no lock bit itself. However, if erasing is performed with this bit = "1", a lock bit with value "0" (the locked state) will be set to "1" (the unlocked state) after the erasing has been completed. To set the lock bit invalidity select bit to "1", write "0" and "1" to this bit 2 successively with the CPU reprogramming mode select bit = "1". The manipulation of bit 2 is allowed only when the CPU reprogramming mode select bit = "1". Bit 3 (the flash memory reset bit) resets the control circuit of the internal flash memory and is used when the CPU reprogramming mode is terminated or when an abnormal access to the flash memory happens. Writing of "1" to bit 3 with the CPU reprogramming mode select bit = "1" preforms the reset operation. To remove the reset, write "0" to bit 3 subsequently. Bit 5 serves as the user ROM area select bit and is valid only in the boot mode. Setting this bit to "1" in the boot mode switches an acces- sible area from the boot ROM area to the user ROM area. To use the CPU reprogramming mode in the boot mode, set this bit to "1". Note that when the microcomputer is booted up in the user ROM area, only the user ROM area is accessible and bit 5 is invalid; on the other hand, when the microcomputer is in the boot mode, bit 5 is valid independent of the CPU reprogramming mode. To rewrite bit 5, execute the user-original reprogramming control software transferred to the internal RAM in advance. Figure 115 shows the CPU reprogramming mode set/termination flowchart, and be sure to follow this flowchart. As shown in Note 1 of Figure 115, before selecting the CPU reprogramming mode, set the processor mode register 1's bit 7 (the internal ROM bus cycle select bit) to "0" and set flag I to "1" to avoid an interrupt request input. When an NMI interrupt or a watchdog timer interrupt request is generated in the CPU reprogramming mode, when an input to the RESET pin is "L", or when the software reset is performed, the flash memory control circuit and flash memory control register will be reset. When the flash memory is reset during the erase or programming operation, this operation is cancelled and the target block's data will be invalid. Just before writing a software command related to the erase/programming operation, be sure to write to the watchdog timer. Also, be sure to set the NMI pin to "H" to avoid an NMI interrupt request occurrence. In the CPU reprogramming mode, be sure not to use the STP and WIT instructions. 107 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Software Commands Start Single-chip mode, Memory expansion mode, or Boot mode The processor mode register 1 is set (Note 1). Flag I is set to "1". Table 20 lists the software commands. By writing a software command after the CPU reprogramming select bit has been set to "1", erasing, programming, etc. can be specified. Note that, at software commands' input, the high-order byte (D8- D15) is ignored. (Except for the write data at the 2nd cycle of a page programming command.) Software commands are explained as below. Read Array Command (FF16) The user-original reprogramming control software for the CPU reprogramming mode is transferred to the internal RAM. By writing command code "FF16" at the 1st bus cycle, the microcomputer enters the read array mode. If an address to be read is input in the next or the following bus cycles, the contents at the specified address are output to the data bus (D0 to D15) in a unit of 16 bits. The read array mode is maintained until writing of another software command. Jump to the above software in the internal RAM. (The operations shown below will be executed by the above software in this RAM.) Read Status Register Command (7016) (Only in the boot mode.) The user ROM area select bit is set to "1". Writing command code "7016" at the 1st bus cycle outputs the contents of the status register to the data bus (D0-D7) by a read at the 2nd bus cycle. The status register is explained later. Clear Status Register Command (5016) Writing of "1" to the CPU reprogramming mode select bit. (Writing of "0" Writing of "1") Operations such as erasing, programming are executed by using software commands. (If necessary, the lock bit invalidity select bit is set.) Read array command is executed, or reset is performed by setting the flash memory reset bit. (Writing of "1" Writing of "0") (Note 2) Writing of "0" to the CPU reprogramming mode select bit. (Only in the boot mode.) Writing of "0" to user ROM area select bit (Note 3). Completed Notes 1: The processor mode register 1's bit 7 (address 5F16, the internal ROM bus cycle select bit) must be "0" (bus cycle = 3). 2: To terminate the CPU reprogramming mode after the erase and programming operations have been completed, be sure to execute the read array command or perform the flash memory reset operation. 3: This bit may remain "1". However, if this bit is "1", the user ROM area access is specified. Fig. 115 CPU reprogramming mode set/termination flowchart 108 This command clears three status bits (SR.3-5) each of which is set to "1" to indicate that the operation has been terminated by an error. To clear these bits, write command code "5016" at the 1st bus cycle. Page Programming Command (4116) Page programming facilitates quick programming of 128 words (a page = 256 bytes) at a time. To initiate page programming, write command code "4116" at the 1st bus cycle; then, program a series of data, in a unit of 16 bits, sequentially from the 2nd to the 129th bus cycle. It is necessary, at this time, to increment address A0-A7 from "0016" to "FE16" by +2. (Programmed to even addresses.) Upon completion of data loading, automatic programming (data programming and verification) operation is started. The completion of the automatic programming operation is recognized by a read of the status register or a read of the flash memory control register. As the automatic programming operation starts, the microcomputer enters the read status register mode automatically to allow reading out the contents of the status register. Bit 7 of the status register (SR.7) is cleared to "0" simultaneously with the start of the automatic programming operation; and also, bit 7 returns to "1" by the end of it. Until writing of the read array command (FF16), writing of the read lock bit status command (7116), or performing the reset operation with the flash memory reset bit, this read status register mode is maintained. In continuous programming, if there is no programming error, page programming commands can be executed with the read status register mode kept. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Table 20. Software commands (CPU reprogramming mode) 1st cycle Command Read Array Read Status Register Clear Status Register Page Programming (Note 3) Block Erase Erase All Unclocked Block Lock Bit Programming Read Lock Bit Status 3rd cycle 2nd cycle Mode Address Data (D0 to D7) Mode Address Write Write Write Write Write Write Write Write X (Note 2) X X X X X X X FF16 7016 5016 4116 2016 A716 7716 7116 -- Read -- Write Write Write Write Read -- X -- Data -- SRD (Note 3) -- WA0 (Note 4) WD0 (Note 4) BA (Note 5) D016 X D016 BA D016 BA D6 (Note 6) Mode Address Data -- -- -- -- -- WA1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- WD1 -- -- -- -- -- Write -- -- -- -- Notes 1: At software commands' input, the high-order byte of data (D8-D15) is ignored. 2: X = An arbitrary address in the user ROM area. (Note that A0 = "0".) 3: SRD = Status register data. 4: WA = Write address, WD = Write data (16 bits). WA and WD must be set from "0016" to "FE16". (Byte addresses. Incremented by +2. Address A0 = "0".) Page size = 128 words (128 16 bits). 5: Block address: the maximum address of each block must be input. Note that address A0 = "0". 6: D6 indicates the block lock status. "1" = unlocked. "0" = locked. The RY/BY status bit of the flash memory control register goes "0" during the automatic programming operation; and also, it goes "1" after the end of it, the same way as bit 7 of the status register. Before execution of the next command, be sure to verify that bit 7 of the status register (SR.7) or the RY/BY status bit is set to "1" (READY). During the automatic programming operation, writing of commands and access to the flash memory must not be performed. Reading out the status register after the automatic programming operation is completed reports the result of it. For details, refer to the section on the status register. Figure 116 shows an example of the page programming flowchart. Note that each block can be protected from programming by using a lock bit. For details, refer to the section on the data protect function. Additional programming to any page that has already been programmed is prohibited. the status register (SR.7) or the RY/BY status bit is set to "1" (READY). During the automatic erase operation, writing of commands and access to the flash memory must not be performed. Reading out the status register after the automatic erase operation is completed reports the result of it. For details, refer to the section on the status register. Figure 117 shows an example of the block erase flowchart. Note that each block can be protected from erasing by using a lock bit. For details, refer to the section on the data protect function. Block Erase Command (2016/D016) Writing command code "2016" at the 1st bus cycle and writing verify command code "D016" and the maximum address of the block (Note that address A0 = "0".) at the subsequent 2nd bus cycle initiate the automatic erase (erasing and erase verification) operation for the specified block. The completion of the automatic erase operation is verified by a read of the status register or a read of the flash memory control register. As the automatic erase operation starts, the microcomputer enters the read status register mode automatically to allow reading out the contents of the status register. Bit 7 of the status register (SR.7) is cleared to "0" simultaneously with the start of the automatic erase operation; and also, it returns to "1" by the end of it. The read status register mode is maintained until writing of the read array command (FF16), writing of the read lock bit status command (7116), or performing the reset operation with the flash memory reset bit. The RY/BY status bit of the flash memory control register goes "0" during the automatic erase operation; and also, it goes "1" after the end of it, the same way as bit 7 of the status register. Before execution of the next command, be sure to verify that bit 7 of 109 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Start Start Write 4116 Write 7716 n=0 Write Addressn, Datan n = FE16 n=n+2 Write D016 Block Address NO SR.7 = 1? YES Status Register Read NO YES SR.4 = 0? SR.7 = 1? NO NO Lock Bit Programming Error YES YES Lock Bit Programming Completed Full status check Page programming completed Fig. 116 Page programming flowchart Fig. 118 Lock bit programming flowchart Start Write 2016 Start Write D016 Block Address Write 7116 Status Register Read Block Address SR.7 = 1? NO YES Full Status Check D6 = 0? NO YES Block: locked Block Erase Completed Fig. 117 Block erase flowchart 110 Fig. 119 Read lock bit status flowchart Block: unlocked MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Erase All Unlocked Block Command (A716/D016) Writing command code "A716" at the 1st bus cycle and writing verify command code "D016" at the subsequent 2nd bus cycle initiate the continuous block erase (chip erase) operations for all the blocks. The completion of the chip erase operation, as well as of the block erase operation, is verified by a read of the status register or a read of the flash memory control register. The result of the automatic erase operation is also reported by a read of the status register. During the automatic erase operation (when the RY/BY status bit = "0"), writing of commands and access to the flash memory must not be performed. When the lock bit invalidity select bit = "1", all the blocks are erased regardless of the status of their lock bits. When the lock bit invalidity select bit = "0", on the contrary, the status of each lock bit becomes valid, so only the blocks in the unlocked state (lock bit = "1") are erased. Lock Bit Programming Command (7716/D016) By writing of command code "7716" at the 1st bus cycle and writing of verify command code "D016" and the block's maximum address (Note that address A0 = "0".) at the subsequent 2nd bus cycle, "0" (the locked state) is written into the lock bit of the specified block. Figure 118 shows an example of the lock bit programming flowchart. The status of the lock bit can be read out by the read lock bit status command. The completion of the lock bit programming operation, as well as of the page programming operation, is verified by a read of the status register or a read of the flash memory control register. For details of the lock bit's function and the method of reset, refer to the section on the data protect function. completion of the erase operation, and the locked state by the lock bit is terminated. To perform erase or programming, be sure to do one of the following. * By executing the read lock bit status command, verify that the lock of the target block is invalid. * Set the lock bit invalidity select bit to "1" to invalidate the lock. When the block erase or programming is performed with the lock valid, the erase status bit (SR.5) and programming status bit (SR.4) are set to "1" (terminated by error). Status Register The status register is used to indicate what the status of the write state machine (WSM) operation is and whether the programming/ erase operation has been completed normally or terminated by an error. By writing the read status register command (7016), the contents of the status register can be read out; by writing the clear status register command (5016), the contents of the status register can be cleared. Table 21 lists the definition of each bit of the status register. The status register outputs "8016" after reset is removed. The status of each bit is described below. Read Lock Bit Status Command (7116) By writing of command code "7116" at the 1st bus cycle and writing of the block's maximum address (Note that address A0 = "0".) at the subsequent 2nd bus cycle, the status of the lock bit of the specified block is output to the data bus (D6). Figure 119 shows an example of the read lock bit programming flowchart. Data Protect Function (Block Lock) Each block is implemented with a nonvolatile lock bit to protect the block from erasing/programming (block lock). A "0" (the locked state) can be written to a lock bit using the lock bit programming command, and the lock bit of each block can be read out by using the read lock bit status command. Whether a block lock is valid or invalid is determined by the status of the lock bit and the lock bit invalidity select bit of the flash memory control register. (1) When the lock bit invalidity select bit = "0", a lock bit determines whether to lock or unlock the corresponding block. A block with its lock bit = "0" is locked and inhibited from erasing and programming. On the other hand, a block with its lock bit = "1" remains unlocked and allows to be erased/programmed. (2) When the lock bit invalidity select bit = "1", all the blocks are unlocked and allows to be erased/programmed regardless of the values of their lock bits. In this case, a lock bit with a value "0" (the locked state) is set to "1" (the unlocked state) after 111 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Write State Machine (WSM) Status Bit (SR.7) This bit reports the operation status of the WSM. This bit is set to "1" (READY) after the system power is turned on or after reset is removed. During the automatic programming or erase operation, this bit is cleared to "0" (BUSY), however, set to "1" upon completion of them. Erase Status Bit (SR.5) This bit reports the status of the automatic erase operation. This bit is set to "1" if an erase error occurs and returns to "0" if one of the following conditions is satisfied: * the system power is turned on. * reset is removed. * the clear status register command (5016) is executed. Under the condition that any of SR.5, SR.4 and SR.3 = "1", none of the page programming, block erase, erase all unlocked block, and lock bit programming commands can be accepted. To execute these commands, in advance, execute the clear status register command (5016) to clear the status register. Both of SR.4 and SR.5 are set to "1" under the following conditions (Command Sequence Error): (1) when data other than "D016" and "FF16" is written to the data in the 2nd bus cycle of the lock bit programming command (7716/ D016) (2) when data other than "D016" and "FF16" is written to the data in the 2nd bus cycle of the block erase command (2016/D016) (3) when data other than "D016" and "FF16" is written to the data in the 2nd bus cycle of the erase all unlocked block command (A716/D016) Programming Status Bit (SR.4) This bit reports the status of the automatic programming operation. This bit is set to "1" if a programming error occurs and returns to "0" if one of the following conditions is satisfied: * the system power is turned on. * reset is removed. * the clear status register command (5016) is executed. Note that, writing of "FF16" forces the microcomputer into the read array mode. Simultaneously with this, the command written in the 1st bus cycle will be canceled. Block Status After Programming Bit (SR.3) Full Status Check This bit is set to "1", upon completion of the page programming operation, if the excessive programming (Note) occurs. That is, the status register becomes "8016" when the programming operation is terminated normally, "9016" when the programming operation is failed, and "8816" when the excessive programming occurs. The full status check reports the results of the erase or programming operation. Figure 120 shows the full status check flowchart and actions to be taken if an error has occurred. Note: The excessive programming means the status that memory cells are too depleted, so data cannot be read out correctly. Table 21. Bit definition of status register Symbol SR.7 (D7) SR.6 (D6) SR.5 (D5) SR.4 (D4) SR.3 (D3) SR.2 (D2) SR.1 (D1) SR.0 (D0) 112 Status Write State Machine (WSM) Status Reserved Erase Status Programming Status Block Status After Programming Reserved Reserved Reserved Definition "1" "0" Ready Busy Terminated by error. Terminated by error. Terminated by error. Terminated normally. Terminated normally. Terminated normally. MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Status Register Read SR.4 = 1 and SR.5 = 1 ? YES Command Sequence Error Execute the clear status register command (5016) to clear the status register. After verifying the command to be correctly input, start the operation again. NO NO Block Erase Error SR.5 = 0? YES NO SR.4 = 0? Programming Error (Page, Lock bit) YES NO SR.3 = 0? Programming Error (Block) Examine whether a lock is active or not by executing the read lock bit status command (7116). After removing the lock, perform block erase again. If the same error still occurs, this page cannot be used. Examine whether a lock is active or not by executing the read lock bit status command (7116). After removing the lock, perform programming again. If the same error still occurs, this page cannot be used. After erasing the block where an error has occured, perform programming again. If the same error still occurs, this block cannot be used. YES End (Block erase, Programming) Note: Under the condition that any of SR.5, SR.4 and SR.3 = "1", none of the page programming, block erase, erase all unlocked block, and lock bit programming commands can be accepted. To execute these commands, in advance, execute the clear status register command (5016). Fig. 120 Full status check flowchart and actions to be taken if an error has ocurred DC Electrical Characteristics (VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = 0 to 60 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz (Note)) Symbol Icc1 Icc2 Icc3 Icc4 Parameter Min. VCC power source current (at read) VCC power source current (at write) VCC power source current (at programming) VCC power source current (at erasing) Limits Typ. 30 Max. 48 48 54 54 Unit mA mA mA mA Limits of VIH, VIL, VOH, VOL, IIH, and IIL for each pin are the same as those in the microcomputer mode. Note: f(fsys) indicates the system clcok (fsys) frequency. AC Electrical Characteristics (VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = 0 to 60 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz (Note)) Parameter Min. Page programming time Block erase time Erase all unlocked block time Lock bit programming time Limits Typ. Max. 8 120 50 600 50 n 600 n 8 120 Unit ms ms ms ms n = Number of blocks to be erased The limits of parameters other than the above are same as those in the microcomputer mode. Note: f(fsys) indicates the system clock (fsys) frequency. 113 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Symbol VCC AVCC VI VO Pd Topr Tstg Parameter Power source voltage Analog power source voltage Input voltage P00-P07, P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117, VREF, XIN, RESET, BYTE, MD0, MD1, NMI, VCONT Output voltage P00-P07, P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117, XOUT Power dissipation Operating ambient temperature Storage temerature Ratings -0.3 to 6.5 -0.3 to 6.5 Unit V V -0.3 to VCC+0.3 V -0.3 to VCC+0.3 V 400 -20 to 85 -40 to 150 mW C C RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS (Vcc = 5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, unless otherwise noted) Limits Symbol VCC AVCC VSS AVSS VIH VIH VIH VIH VIH VIH VIH VIH VIL VIL VIL VIL VIL VIL IOH(peak) IOH(avg) IOL(peak) IOL(avg) f(XIN) f(fsys) Parameter Power source voltage Analog power source voltage Power source voltage Analog power source voltage High-level input voltage XIN, RESET, BYTE, MD0, MD1 High-level input voltage P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 High-level input voltage P00-P07 (When the port P0 input level select bit = "0") High-level input voltage P00-P07 (When the port P0 input level select bit = "1") High-level input voltage D0-D7, D8-D15 High-level input voltage RDY, HOLD, TA0IN-TA4IN, TA0OUT-TA4OUT, TB0IN-TB2IN, KI0-KI3, INT0-INT4, NMI, ADTRG, CTS0, CTS1, CLK0, CLK1, RxD0, RxD1 High-level input voltage SCLK, SDA (Note 1) Low-level input voltage XIN, RESET, BYTE, MD0, MD1 Low-level input voltage P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 Low-level input voltage P00-P07 (When the port P0 input level select bit = "0") Low-level input voltage P00-P07 (When the port P0 input level select bit = "1") Low-level input voltage D0-D7, D8-D15 Low-level input voltage RDY, HOLD, TA0IN-TA4IN, TA0OUT-TA4OUT, TB0IN-TB2IN, KI0-KI3, INT0-INT4, NMI, ADTRG, CTS0, CTS1, CLK0, CLK1, RxD0, RxD1 Low-level input voltage SCLK, SDA (Note 1) High-level peak output current P00-P07, P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 High-level average output current P00-P07, P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 Low-level peak output current P00-P07, P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 Low-level average output current P00-P07, P10-P17, P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 External clock input frequency (Note 2) System clock frequency Min. 4.5 Typ. 5.0 VCC 0 0 Max. 5.5 Unit 0.8 Vcc 0.7 VCC Vcc VCC V V V V V V 0.7 Vcc 0.43 Vcc 0.43 Vcc 0.43 Vcc Vcc Vcc Vcc Vcc V V V V 0.43 Vcc 0 0 Vcc 0.2 VCC 0.2 VCC V V V 0 0 0 0 0.2 VCC 0.16 VCC 0.16 VCC 0.16 VCC V V V V 0 0.16 VCC -10 V mA -5 mA 10 mA 5 mA 26 26 MHz MHz Notes 1: Pins SCLK and SDA are used only in the flash memory serial I/O mode. 2: When using the PLL frequency multiplier, be sure that f(fsys) = 26 MHz or less. 3: Average output current is the average value of an interval of 100 ms. 4: The sum of IOL(peak) for ports P0-P2, P8, P10, and P11 must be 80 mA or less, the sum of IOH(peak) for ports P0-P2, P8, P10, and P11 must be 80 mA or less, the sum of IOL(peak) for ports P3-P7 must be 80 mA or less, the sum of IOH(peak) for ports P3-P7 must be 80 mA or less. 114 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = 5 V, Vss = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz (Note)) Symbol VOH VOH VOH VOL VOL VOL VT+ --VT- VT+ --VT- VT+ --VT- IIH IIL IIL VRAM ICC Parameter Test conditions High-level output voltage P00-P07, P10-P17, IOH = -10 mA P20-P27, P30, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 High-level output voltage P00-P07, P10-P17, IOH = -400 A P20-P27, P40, P42, P44-P47, P100-P107, P110-P117 High-level output voltage P31-P33 IOH = -10 mA IOH = -400 A Low-level output voltage P00-P07, P10-P17, IOL = 10 mA P20-P27, P30, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117 Low-level output voltage P00-P07, P10-P17, IOL = 2 mA P20-P27, P40, P42, P44-P47, P100-P107, P110-P117 Low-level output voltage P31-P33 IOL = 10 mA IOL = 2 mA Hysteresis RDY, HOLD, TA0IN-TA4IN, TA0OUT-TA4OUT, TB0IN-TB2IN, KI0-KI3, INT0-INT4, NMI, ADTRG, CTS0, CTS1, CLK0, CLK1, RxD0, RxD1 Hysteresis RESET Hysteresis XIN High-level input current P00-P07, P10-P17, VI = 5.0 V P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P47, P50-P57, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117, XIN, RESET, BYTE, MD0, MD1, NMI Low-level input current P00-P07, P10-P17, VI = 0 V P20-P27, P30-P33, P40-P43, P50-P53, P60-P67, P70-P77, P80-P87, P100-P107, P110-P117, XIN, RESET, BYTE, MD0, MD1 Low-level input current P44-P47, P54-P57, NMI VI = 0 V, No pullup transistor VI = 0 V, Pullup transistor used RAM hold voltage When clock is stoped. Power source current Output-only pins f(fsys) = 26 MHz. are open, and the CPU operates. other pins are connected to Vss or Vcc. An external Ta = 25 C when square-waveform clock is stopped. clock is input. (Pin XOUT is open.) The PLL frequency Ta = 85 C when multiplier stops its clock is stopped. operation. Min. 3 Limits Typ. Max. Unit V 4.7 V 3.4 4.8 V 2 V 0.45 V 1.6 0.4 0.7 V 1.5 0.3 5 V V A -5 A -0.7 -5 -1.1 30 54 A mA V mA 1 A 0.2 0.5 0.1 -0.4 2 V 20 115 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER A-D CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS (VCC = AVCC = 5 V 0.5 V, VSS = AVSS = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, unless otherwise noted) Symbol ---------- ---------- RLADDER Parameter Resolution VREF = VCC Ladder resistance VREF = VCC Conversion time VREF VIA Reference voltage Analog input voltage Max. Min. VREF = VCC Absolute accuracy tCONV Limits Test conditions f(fsys) 26 MHz 10 3 2 10-bit resolution mode 8-bit resolution mode 10-bit resolution mode 8-bit resolution mode 5 4.54 1.89 (Note) 2.7 0 Unit Bits LSB LSB k s VCC VREF V V Note: This is applied when A-D conversion freguency (AD) = f1. D-A CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS (VCC = 5 V, VSS = AVSS = 0 V, VREF = 5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, unless otherwise noted) Symbol ---- ---- tsu RO IVREF Test conditions Parameter Resolution Absolute accuracy Set time Output resistance Reference power source input current Min. 1 Limits Typ. 2.5 (Note) Max. 8 1.0 3 4 3.2 Unit Bits % s k mA Note: The test conditions are as follows: * One D-A converter is used. * The D-A register value of the unused D-A converter is "0016." * The reference power source input current for the ladder resistance of the A-D converter is excluded. RESET INPUT Reset input timing requirements (VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, VSS = 0V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, unless otherwise noted) Parameter Symbol tw(RESETL) RESET input low-level pulse width RESET input tw(RESETL) 116 Min. 2 Limits Typ. Max. Unit s MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER PERIPHERAL DEVICE INPUT/OUTPUT TIMING (VCC = 5 V0.5 V, VSS = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz unless otherwise noted) For limits depending on f(fsys), their calculation formulas are shown below. Also, the values at f(fsys) = 26 MHz are shown in ( ). Timer A input (Count input in event counter mode) Symbol tc(TA) tw(TAH) tw(TAL) Limits Parameter Min. 80 40 40 TAiIN input cycle time TAiIN input high-level pulse width TAiIN input low-level pulse width Max. Unit ns ns ns Timer A input (Gating input in timer mode) Symbol Parameter tc(TA) TAiIN input cycle time f(fsys) 26 MHz tw(TAH) TAiIN input high-level pulse width f(fsys) 26 MHz tw(TAL) TAiIN input low-level pulse width f(fsys) 26 MHz Limits Min. 16 x 109 (615) f(fsys) 9 8 x 10 (307) f(fsys) 9 8 x 10 (307) f(fsys) Max. Unit ns ns ns Note : The TAiIN input cycle time requires 4 or more cycles of a count source. The TAiIN input high-level pulse width and the TAiIN input low-level pulse width respectively require 2 or more cycles of a count source. The limits in this table are applied when the count source = f2 at f(fsys) 26 MHz. Timer A input (External trigger input in one-shot pulse mode) Symbol Limits Parameter tc(TA) TAiIN input cycle time tw(TAH) tw(TAL) TAiIN input high-level pulse width TAiIN input low-level pulse width Min. f(fsys) 26 MHz 8 x 109 f(fsys) Max. (307) Unit ns 80 80 ns ns Timer A input (External trigger input in pulse width modulation mode) Symbol tw(TAH) tw(TAL) Parameter TAiIN input high-level pulse width TAiIN input low-level pulse width Limits Min. 80 80 Max. Unit ns ns Timer A input (Up-down input and Count input in event counter mode) Symbol tc(UP) tw(UPH) tw(UPL) tsu(UP-TIN) th(TIN-UP) Parameter TAiOUT input cycle time TAiOUT input high-level pulse width TAiOUT input low-level pulse width TAiOUT input setup time TAiOUT input hold time Limits Min. 2000 1000 1000 400 400 Max. Unit ns ns ns ns ns 117 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Timer A input (Two-phase pulse input in event counter mode) Symbol tc(TA) tsu(TAjIN-TAjOUT) tsu(TAjOUT-TAjIN) Limits Parameter Min. 800 200 200 TAiIN input cycle time TAjIN input setup time TAjOUT input setup time * Gating input in timer mode * Count input in event counter mode * External trigger input in one-shot pulse mode * External trigger input in pulse width modulation mode tc(TA) tw(TAH) TAiIN input tw(TAL) * Up-down and Count input in event counter mode tc(UP) tw(UPH) TAiOUT input (Up-down input) tw(UPL) TAiOUT input (Up-down input) th(TIN-UP) tsu(UP-TIN) TAiIN input (When count by falling) TAiIN input (When count by rising) * Two-phase pulse input in event counter mode tc(TA) TAjIN input tsu(TAjIN-TAjOUT) tsu(TAjIN-TAjOUT) tsu(TAjOUT-TAjIN) TAjOUT input tsu(TAjOUT-TAjIN) Test conditions * VCC = 5 V0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.15 V 118 Max. Unit ns ns ns MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Timer B input (Count input in event counter mode) Symbol Parameter tc(TB) TBiIN input cycle time (one edge count) tw(TBH) tw(TBL) tc(TB) tw(TBH) tw(TBL) TBiIN input high-level pulse width (one edge count) TBiIN input low-level pulse width (one edge count) TBiIN input cycle time (both edge count) TBiIN input high-level pulse width (both edge count) TBiIN input low-level pulse width (both edge count) Limits Min. 80 40 40 160 80 80 Max. Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns Timer B input (Pulse period measurement mode) Symbol Parameter tc(TB) TBiIN input cycle time f(fsys) 26 MHz tw(TBH) TBiIN input high-level pulse width f(fsys) 26 MHz tw(TBL) TBiIN input low-level pulse width f(fsys) 26 MHz Limits Min. 16 x 109 (615) f(fsys) 8 x 109 (307) f(fsys) 9 8 x 10 (307) f(fsys) Max. Unit ns ns ns Note: The TBiIN input cycle time requires 4 or more cycles of a count source. The TBiIN input high-level pulse width and the TBiIN input low-level pulse width respectively require 2 or more cycles of a count source. The limits in this table are applied when the count source = f2 at f(fsys) 26 MHz. Timer B input (Pulse width measurement mode) Symbol Parameter tc(TB) TBiIN input cycle time f(fsys) 26 MHz tw(TBH) TBiIN input high-level pulse width f(fsys) 26 MHz tw(TBL) TBiIN input low-level pulse width f(fsys) 26 MHz Limits Min. 16 x 109 (615) f(fsys) 8 x 109 (307) f(fsys) 9 8 x 10 (307) f(fsys) Max. Unit ns ns ns Note: The TBiIN input cycle time requires 4 or more cycles of a count source. The TBiIN input high-level pulse width and the TBiIN input low-level pulse width respectively require 2 or more cycles of a count source. The limits in this table are applied when the count source = f2 at f(fsys) 26 MHz. A-D trigger input Symbol tc(AD) tw(ADL) Parameter ADTRG input cycle time (minimum allowable trigger) ADTRG input low-level pulse width Limits Min. 1000 125 Max. Unit ns ns 119 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Serial I/O Symbol tc(CK) tw(CKH) tw(CKL) td(C-Q) th(C-Q) tsu(D-C) th(C-D) Limits Parameter Min. 200 100 100 CLKi input cycle time CLKi input high-level pulse width CLKi input low-level pulse width TXDi output delay time TXDi hold time RXDi input setup time RXDi input hold time Max. 80 0 20 90 Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns External interrupt (INTi) input, NMI input, Key input interrupt (KIi) input Symbol tw(INH) tw(INL) Limits Parameter Min. 250 250 INTi input/NMI input/KIi input high-level pulse width INTi input/NMI input/KIi input low-level pulse width tc(TB) tw(TBH) TBiIN input tw(TBL) tc(AD) tw(ADL) ADTRG input tc(CK) tw(CKH) CLKi input tw(CKL) th(C - Q) TxDi output td(C - Q) tsu(D - C) RxDi input tw(INL) INTi input, NMI input, KIi input Test conditions * Vcc = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.15 V * Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 50 pF 120 tw(INH) th(C - D) Max. Unit ns ns MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER READY, HOLD TIMING Timing requirements (VCC = 5 V0.5 V, VSS = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz, unless otherwise noted) Symbol tsu(RDY-1) tsu(HOLD-1) th(1-RDY) th(1-HOLD) Parameter RDY input setup time HOLD input setup time RDY input hold time HOLD input hold time Switching characteristics Max. Unit ns ns ns ns (VCC = 5 V0.5 V, VSS = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz, unless otherwise noted) Symbol Parameter td(1-HLDAL) HLDA output delay time td(RDH-HLDAL) HLDA low-level output delay time after read td(BXWH-HLDAL) HLDA low-level output delay time after write tpxz(HLDAL-RDZ) tpxz(HLDAL-BXWZ) tpxz(HLDAL-CSiZ) tpxz(HLDAL-ALEZ) tpxz(HLDAL-AZ) tpzx(HLDAL-RDZ) tpzx(HLDAL-BXWZ) tpzx(HLDAL-CSiZ) tpzx(HLDAL-ALEZ) tpzx(HLDAL-AZ) Limits Min. 40 40 0 0 Floating start delay time Floating start delay time Floating start delay time Floating start delay time Floating start delay time Floating release delay time Floating release delay time Floating release delay time Floating release delay time Floating release delay time Limits Min. Max. 20 -15 -15 -15 -15 0 ns ns tc -15 (Note) tc -15 (Note) -15 Unit 10 10 10 10 10 ns ns ns ns ns ns 0 ns ns 0 ns 0 ns 0 ns Note: tc = 1/f(fsys). 121 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER RDY input 1 RD, BLW, BHW tsu (RDY-1) th (1-RDY) RDY input : Wait inserted by software (The above is applied when bus cycle = 1 + 2) : Wait inserted by ready function HOLD input 1 tsu (HOLD-1) th (1-HOLD) HOLD input td (1-HLDAL) td (1-HLDAL) HLDA output td (RDH-HLDAL) tpxz (HLDAL-RDZ) tpzx (HLDAL-RDZ) Hi-Z RD td (BXWH-HLDAL) tpxz (HLDAL-BXWZ) tpzx (HLDAL-BXWZ) Hi-Z BLW BHW tpxz (HLDAL-CSiZ) tpzx (HLDAL-CSiZ) Hi-Z CSi tpxz (HLDAL-ALEZ) tpzx (HLDAL-ALEZ) Hi-Z ALE tpxz (HLDAL-AZ) A0-A23 output Test conditions * VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta= -20 to 85 C * RDY input, HOLD input : VIL = 0.8V, VIH = 2.15 V * HLDA output : VOL = 0.8V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 50 pF 122 tpzx (HLDAL-AZ) Hi-Z MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER External bus timing For limits depending on f(fsys), their calculation formulas are shown below. Bus cycle 1 +1 1 +2 1 +3 2 +2 WH WL 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 Bus cycle WH WL 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 4 2 +3 2 +4 3 +3 3 +4 tc = 1/f(fsys). Timing Requirements (VCC = 5 V0.5 V, VSS = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, f(XIN) = 26 MHz, unless otherwise noted) Symbol tc(in) tw(half) tw(H) tw(L) tr tf ta(A-D) ta(A-D) ta(CSiL-D) ta(RDL-D) tsu(D-RDL) th(RDH-D) ta(BA-D) th(BA-D) ta(LA-D) Limits Parameter Min. 38 0.45 tc 0.5 tc - 6 External clock input cycle time External clock input pulse width with half input-volage External clock input high-level pulse width External clock input low-level pulse width External clock input rise time External clock input fall time Address access time (the address output select bit = 0) Address access time (the address output select bit = 1) Chip select access time Read access time Read data setup time Data input hold time after read Address access time at burst ROM access Data hold time after address at burst ROM access Address access time (the multiplexed bus select bit = 1) Max. 0.55 tc 0.5 tc - 6 6 6 (WH + WL) tc-45 (WH + WL-0.5) tc-35 (WH + WL-0.5) tc-35 WL tc-30 15 0 WL tc-35 8 (WH + WL-0.5)tc-35 (Note) Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns Note: This is independent of the address output select bit's contents. External clock input tw(L) tw(H) tr tf tc(in) tw(half) XIN Test conditions * Vcc = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V (tw(H), tw(L), tr, tf) * Output timing voltage : 2.5 V (tc(in), tw(half)) 123 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Switching characteristics (VCC = 5 V0.5 V, VSS = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz, unless otherwise noted) Symbol td(1-RDL) td(1-RDH) td(1-BXWL) td(1-BXWH) td(1L-CSiL) td(1L-CSiH) td(1H-A) td(1L-A) tw(ALEH) td(A-ALEL) tw(RDL) tw(RDH) td(RDH-BXWH) td(A-RDH) td(A-RDH) th(RDH-A) th(RDH-A) td(RDH-ALEL) td(ALEL-RDH) Parameter Read low-level output delay time Read high-level output delay time Write low-level output delay time Write high-level output delay time Chip select low-level output delay time Chip select high-level output delay time Address output delay time (the address output select bit = 0) Address output delay time (the address output select bit = 1) ALE pulse width Bus cycle = 1 + 1, 1 + 2, 1 + 3 Bus cycle = 2 + 2 Bus cycle = 2 + 3, 2 + 4, 3 + 3, 3 + 4 Bus cycle = 1 + 1, 1 + 2, 1 + 3 Bus cycle = 2 + 2 Bus cycle = 2 + 3, 2 + 4, 3 + 3, 3 + 4 ALE completion delay time after address stabilization (when the address output select bit = 0) ALE completion delay time Bus cycle = 1 + 1, 1 + 2, 1 + 3 after address stabilization Bus cycle = 2 + 2 (when the address output Bus cycle = 2 + 3, 2 + 4, 3 + 3, 3 + 4 select bit = 1) Read output pulse width Read output high-level width (Note 1) Write disable valid time after read (Note 2) Address valid time before read (when the address output select bit = 0) Address valid time before read (when the address output select bit = 1) Address hold time after read (when the address output select bit = 0) (Note 2) Address hold time after read (when the address output select bit = 1) (Note 2) ALE completion delay time after read start Bus cycle = 2 + 2 Read disable valid time after ALE completion Bus cycle = 3 + 3, 3 + 4 td(CSiL-RDH) td(CSiL-RDL) th(RDH-CSiL) td(RDH-D) tw(BXWL) tw(BXWH) td(BXWH-RDH) td(A-BXWH) td(A-BXWH) th(BXWH-A) th(BXWH-A) td(BXWH-ALEL) td(ALEL-BXWH) Chip select valid time before read Chip select output valid time before read completion Chip select hold time after read Next write cycle data output delay time after read (Note 2) Write output pulse width Write output high-level width (Note 1) Read disable valid time after write (Note 2) Address valid time before write (when the address output select bit = 0) Address valid time before write (when the address output select bit = 1) td(CSiL-BXWH) td(CSiL-BXWL) th(BXWH-CSiL) td(D-BXWL) th(BXWH-D) tpxz(BXWH-DZ) Chip select valid time before write Chip select output valid time before write completion Chip select hold time after write Data output valid time before write completion Data hold time after write (Note 3) Floating start delay time after write (Note 3) Address hold time after write (when the address output select bit = 0) (Note 2) Address hold time after write (when the address output select bit = 1) (Note 2) ALE completion delay time after write start Write disable valid time Bus cycle = 2 + 2 after ALE completion Bus cycle = 2 + 3, 2 + 4, 3 + 3, 3 + 4 Limits Min. -18 -18 -18 -18 -20 -22 -5 -20 0.5tc-19 tc-20 1.5tc-20 Max. 0 0 0 0 0 10 25 16 Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns tc-30 ns 1.5tc-30 2tc-30 ns 0.5tc-19 ns tc-20 ns 1.5tc-20 ns WL tc-15 ns WH tc-15 ns tc-15 WH tc-30 ns (WH-0.5)tc-19 ns 8 0.5tc-10 ns ns ns ns 20 ns 0.5tc-19 tc-15 ns (WH-0.5)tc-19 ns (WH + WL-0.5)tc-20 ns 0.5tc-14 tc-15 ns WL tc-15 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns WH tc-15 tc-15 WH tc-30 (WH-0.5)tc-19 8 0.5tc-10 20 0.5tc-19 tc-15 (WH-0.5)tc-19 (WH + WL-0.5)tc-20 0.5tc-14 WL tc-20 0.5tc-10 0.5tc + 10 Notes 1: When the bus cycle just before this parameter is for the area where the recovery cycle insertion is selected, this parameter is extended by tc (ns: one recovery cycle is inserted.) or by 2tc (ns: two recovery cycles are inserted.). 2: When accessing the area where the recovery cycle insertion is selected, this parameter is extended by tc (ns: one recovery cycle is inserted.) or by 2tc (ns: two recovery cycles are inserted.). 3: This parameter is extended by tc (ns) when both of the following conditions are satisfied: * When accessing the area where the recovery cycle insertion is selected. * When two recovery cycles are inserted. 124 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Switching characteristics (VCC = 5 V0.5 V, VSS = 0 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C, f(fsys) = 26 MHz, unless otherwise noted) Symbol td(LA-RDH) td(LA-ALEL) th(ALEL-LA) tpxz(RDH-LAZ) td(LA-BXWH) tpzx(RDH-DZ) Parameter Address valid time before read ALE completion delay time Bus cycle = 2 + 2 after address stabilization Bus cycle = 3 + 3, 3 + 4 Address hold time after Bus cycle = 2 + 2 ALE completion Bus cycle = 3 + 3, 3 + 4 Floating start delay time Address valid time before write Floating release delay time Limits Min. Max. (WH-0.5)tc-19 (Note) tc-20 (Note) 1.5tc-20 (Note) 0.5tc-19 tc-15 5 (WH-0.5)tc-19 (Note) 0.5tc-19 (Note) Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns Note: This is independent of the address output select bit's contents. 125 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Normal access: bus cycle = 1 + 1, 1 + 2, 1+ 3, 2 + 3, or 2 + 4 tc fsys Bus cycle <At read> td(1L-CSiL) td(1L-CSiH) 1 td(1H-A) td(1-RDL) tw(ALEH) td(1L-A) td(1-RDH) ALE td(A-ALEL) tw(RDH) tw(RDL) RD td(RDH-ALEL) td(RDH-BXWH) BLW BHW th(RDH-A) td(A-RDH) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 0) td(A-ALEL) td(A-RDH) th(RDH-A) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 1) td(CSiL-RDH) td(CSiL-RDL) th(RDH-CSiL) CSi ta(A-D) ta(A-D) ta(CSiL-D) ta(RDL-D) td(RDH-D) tsu(D-RDL) th(RDH-D) D0-D7, D8-D15 Test conditions * VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL=0.8 V, VIH=2.15 V * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=15 pF (CSi) * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=50 pF (except for CSi) 126 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Normal access: bus cycle = 1 + 1, 1 + 2, 1 + 3, 2 + 3, or 2 + 4 tc fsys <At write> Bus cycle td(1L-CSiL) td(1L-CSiH) 1 td(1H-A) td(1L-A) td(1-BXWL) tw(ALEH) td(1-BXWH) ALE td(A-ALEL) td(BXWH-RDH) RD tw(BXWH) tw(BXWL) BLW BHW td(A-BXWH) td(BXWH-ALEL) th(BXWH-A) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 0) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 1) td(A-ALEL) td(A-BXWH) td(CSiL-BXWH) td(CSiL-BXWL) th(BXWH-A) th(BXWH-CSiL) CSi td(D-BXWL) th(BXWH-D) D0-D7, D8-D15 tpxz(BXWH-DZ) Test conditions * VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL=0.8 V, VIH=2.15 V * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=15 pF (CSi) * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=50 pF (except for CSi) 127 MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Normal access: bus cycle = 2 + 2, 3 + 3, 3 + 4 tc fsys <At read> Bus cycle td(1L-CSiL) td(1L-CSiH) 1 td(1H-A) td(1L-A) tw(ALEH) td(1-RDL) td(1-RDH) td(ALEL-RDH) ALE td(A-ALEL) tw(RDH) tw(RDL) RD td(RDH-BXWH) BLW BHW A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 0) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 1) td(A-RDH) th(RDH-A) td(A-ALEL) td(A-RDH) th(RDH-A) td(CSiL-RDH) td(CSiL-RDL) th(RDH-CSiL) CSi ta(A-D) ta(A-D) D0-D7, D8-D15 (when the multiplexed bus select bit = 0) ta(CSiL-D) ta(RDL-D) td(RDH-D) tsu(D-RDL) th(RDH-D) ta(RDL-D) tsu(D-RDL) th(RDH-D) td(LA-RDH) tpzx(RDH-DZ) ta(LA-D) LA0/D0-LA7/D7 (when the multiplexed bus select bit = 1, Note) Address td(LA-ALEL) Input data tpxz(RDH-LAZ) th(ALEL-LA) Note: Valid only when area CS2 is accessed with the external data bus width = 8 bits. Test conditions * VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL=0.8 V, VIH=2.15 V * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=15 pF (CSi) * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=50 pF (except for CSi) 128 Address MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER Normal access: bus cycle = 2 + 2, 3 + 3, 3 + 4 tc fsys <At write> Bus cycle td(1L-CSiL) 1 td(1H-A) td(1L-CSiH) td(1L-A) tw(ALEH) td(1-BXWH) td(1-BXWL) ALE td(ALEL-BXWH) td(A-ALEL) td(BXWH-RDH) RD tw(BXWH) tw(BXWL) BLW BHW th(BXWH-A) td(A-BXWH) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 0) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 1) td(A-ALEL) td(A-BXWH) th(BXWH-A) td(CSiL-BXWH) th(BXWH-CSiL) td(CSiL-BXWL) CSi td(D-BXWL) D0-D7, D8-D15 (when the multiplexed bus select bit = 0) td(D-BXWL) td(LA-BXWH) LA0/D0-LA7/D7 (when the multiplexed bus select bit = 1, Note) Address td(LA-ALEL) th(BXWH-D) tpxz(BXWH-DZ) th(BXWH-D) Output data th(ALEL-LA) tpxz(BXWH-DZ) Note: Valid only when area CS2 is accessed with the external data bus width = 8 bits. Test conditions * VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL=0.8 V, VIH=2.15 V * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=15 pF (CSi) * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=50 pF (except for CSi) 129 130 ta(A-D) ta(A-D) ta(RDL-D) ta(CSiL-D) td(CSiL-RDH) td(RDH-ALEL) ta(BA-D) th(BA-D) Test conditions * VCC = 5 V 0.5 V, Ta = -20 to 85 C * Input timing voltage : VIL=0.8 V, VIH=2.15 V * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=15 pF (CSi) * Output timing voltage: VOL=0.8 V, VOH=2.0 V, CL=50 pF (except for CSi) D0-D7, D8-D15 CSi A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 1) td(A-RDH) td(A-RDH) td(A-ALEL) td(A-ALEL) tw(RDH) A0-A23 (when the address output select bit = 0) BLW BHW RD ALE tw(ALEH) Burst ROM access: bus cycle = 1 + 1, 1 + 2, 1 + 3, 2 + 3, 2 + 4 th(BA-D) ta(BA-D) th(BA-D) ta(BA-D) th(RDH-D) th(RDH-CSiL) th(RDH-A) th(RDH-A) td(RDH-BXWH) MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER PACKAGE OUTLINE 100P6Q-A Plastic 100pin 1414mm body LQFP EIAJ Package Code LQFP100-P-1414-0.50 Weight(g) Lead Material Cu Alloy MD e JEDEC Code - b2 ME HD D 100 76 I2 75 1 Symbol HE E Recommended Mount Pad 51 25 26 50 A L1 F b y A1 c A2 e L Detail F A A1 A2 b c D E e HD HE L L1 y b2 I2 MD ME Dimension in Millimeters Min Nom Max - 1.7 - 0.1 0.2 0 1.4 - - 0.13 0.18 0.28 0.105 0.125 0.175 13.9 14.0 14.1 13.9 14.0 14.1 0.5 - - 15.8 16.0 16.2 15.8 16.0 16.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 - - - 0.1 - 0 10 - - 0.225 - 1.0 - - - 14.4 - - 14.4 - Keep safety first in your circuit designs! * Mitsubishi Electric Corporation puts the maximum effort into making semiconductor products better and more reliable, but there is always the possibility that trouble may occur with them. Trouble with semiconductors may lead to personal injury, fire or property damage. Remember to give due consideration to safety when making your circuit designs, with appropriate measures such as (i) placement of substitutive, auxiliary circuits, (ii) use of non-flammable material or (iii) prevention against any malfunction or mishap. * These materials are intended as a reference to assist our customers in the selection of the Mitsubishi semiconductor product best suited to the customer's application; they do not convey any license under any intellectual property rights, or any other rights, belonging to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or a third party. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation assumes no responsibility for any damage, or infringement of any third-party's rights, originating in the use of any product data, diagrams, charts, programs, algorithms, or circuit application examples contained in these materials. All information contained in these materials, including product data, diagrams, charts, programs and algorithms represents information on products at the time of publication of these materials, and are subject to change by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation without notice due to product improvements or other reasons. It is therefore recommended that customers contact Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or an authorized Mitsubishi Semiconductor product distributor for the latest product information before purchasing a product listed herein. The information described here may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation assumes no responsibility for any damage, liability, or other loss rising from these inaccuracies or errors. Please also pay attention to information published by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation by various means, including the Mitsubishi Semiconductor home page (http://www.mitsubishichips.com). When using any or all of the information contained in these materials, including product data, diagrams, charts, programs, and algorithms, please be sure to evaluate all information as a total system before making a final decision on the applicability of the information and products. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation assumes no responsibility for any damage, liability or other loss resulting from the information contained herein. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation semiconductors are not designed or manufactured for use in a device or system that is used under circumstances in which human life is potentially at stake. Please contact Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or an authorized Mitsubishi Semiconductor product distributor when considering the use of a product contained herein for any specific purposes, such as apparatus or systems for transportation, vehicular, medical, aerospace, nuclear, or undersea repeater use. The prior written approval of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation is necessary to reprint or reproduce in whole or in part these materials. If these products or technologies are subject to the Japanese export control restrictions, they must be exported under a license from the Japanese government and cannot be imported into a country other than the approved destination. Any diversion or reexport contrary to the export control laws and regulations of Japan and/or the country of destination is prohibited. Please contact Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or an authorized Mitsubishi Semiconductor product distributor for further details on these materials or the products contained therein. Notes regarding these materials * * * * * * * (c) 2000 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORP. New publication, effective Jun., 2000. Specifications subject to change without notice. Revision History Rev. No. M37902FxCHP Datasheet Revision Description Rev. date 1.0 First Edition 990305 2.0 Refer to Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for "M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.A)". 990625 3.0 The following are revised/added points in this edition: * Figure 26 in page 40; the bit's name (bit 7) of the port function control register <Error> Pin NMI pullup connection select bit (Note 2) <Correction> Pin NMI pullup select bit (Note 2) * Page 95; CLOCK GENERATING CIRCUIT, Right column, line 10 <Error> ***** the PLL output clock (fPLL). (In other words, set bit 5 to "1".) <Correction> ***** the PLL output clock (fPLL). (In other words, set bit 5 to "1".) Note that, after reset, the PLL multiplication ratio select bits are allowed to be changed only once. * Table 15 in page 95; Note is revised. <Error> ***** f(XIN) means the frequency of the input clock from pin XIN f(XIN). <Correction> ***** f(XIN) means the frequency of the input clock from pin XIN f(XIN). After reset, the PLL multiplication ratio select bits are allowed to be changed only once. * Page 120; RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS <Error> f(fsys) External clock input frequency (Note 2) *********** <Correction> f(XIN) External clock input frequency (Note 2) *********** 990917 4.0 The following are revised/added points in this edition: * Page 83; D-A CONVERTER, Left column, line 15 <Error> The D-A output enable bit is cleared to "0" at reset. **** <Correction> The contents of the corresponding D-A output enable bit and D-A register are cleared to "0" at reset. **** * Page 83; D-A CONVERTER, Right column, line 1 <Error> with pin D-Ai. <Correction> with pin D-Ai. Also, when not using the D-A converter, be sure to clear the contents of the corresponding D-A output enable bit and D-A register to "0". Refer to Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for "M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B)". 991008 5.0 Notes 1: represents the new information added in Rev.5.0. 2: The revised/added points informed in Rev.3.0 and Rev.4.0 are included in Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for "M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B)". (1/1) 000629 Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.1 Page All pages, Header Error Correction PRELIMINARY (Deleted) Notice: This is not a final specification. Some parametric limits are subject to change. M37902F8CGP, M37902F8CHP, M37902FCCGP, M37902FCCHP, M37902FECGP, M37902FECHP, M37902FGCGP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FHCGP, M37902FHCHP, M37902FJCGP, M37902FJCHP Page 1, DISTI NCTIVE FEAT URES ; Memory M37902FCCHP, M37902FGCHP, M37902FJCHP [M37902F8CGP, M37902F8CHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ......................60 Kbytes RAM.................................................................2048 bytes [M37902FCCGP, M37902FCCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................120 Kbytes RAM.................................................................4096 bytes (Deleted) [M37902FCCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................120 Kbytes RAM.................................................................4096 bytes [M37902FECGP, M37902FECHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................184 Kbytes RAM.................................................................6144 bytes [M37902FGCGP, M37902FGCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................248 Kbytes RAM.................................................................6144 bytes (Deleted) [M37902FGCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................248 Kbytes RAM.................................................................6144 bytes [M37902FHCGP, M37902FHCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................370 Kbytes RAM...............................................................12288 bytes [M37902FJCGP, M37902FJCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................498 Kbytes RAM...............................................................12288 bytes Page 1, Control devices for personal computer peripheral equipAPPLICATION ment such as CD-ROM drives, DVD-ROM drives, hard disk drives, high density FDD, printers Control devices for office equipment such as copiers and facsimiles Control devices for industrial equipment such as communication and measuring instruments [M37902FJCHP] Flash memory (User ROM area) ....................498 Kbytes RAM...............................................................12288 bytes Control devices for personal computer peripheral equipment such as CD-ROM drives, DVD-ROM drives, hard disk drives, high density FDD, printers M37902FxCGP PIN CONFIGURATION (TOP VIEW) Page 2, PIN CONFIGURATION (Type) Fig. 112, Pin connection of M3790 2FxCHP in flash memory Page 3, BLOCK DIAGRAM, Note: Page 4, Chip-select wait control (Deleted) P63/INT2 Page 105, (Deleted) P64/INT2 (Type) M37902F8CHP M37902FCCHP M37902FECHP M37902FGCHP M37902FHCHP M37902FJCHP Note: M37902F8C GP,M37902F8C HP M37902FC CGP,M3790 2FCCHP M37902FECGP,M37902FECHP M37902FGCGP, M37902FG CHP M37902FH CGP,M3790 2FHCHP M37902FJC GP,M37902FJCH P M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP Note: Flash memory RAM 60 Kbytes 2048 bytes 120 Kbytes 4096 bytes 184 Kbytes 6144 bytes 248 Kbytes 6144 bytes 370 Kbytes 12288 bytes 498 Kbytes 12288 bytes Chip select area 4 (CS0-CS3). A wait number and bus width can be set for each chip select area. (1/11) M37902FC CHP M37902FGCH P M37902FJC HP Flash memory RAM 120 Kbytes 4096 bytes 248 Kbytes 6144 bytes 498 Kbytes 12288 bytes Chip select area 4 (CS0-CS3). A bus cycle type and bus width can be set for each chip select area. Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.2 Page Error Page 4, Parameter Page 4, Note: Page 5, Notes 1: Operating temperature range Correction ****** Note: ***** Note: 60 Kbytes Flash memory M37902F8C GP,M37902F8C HP M37902FC CGP,M3790 2FCCHP 120 Kbytes (User ROM M37902FECGP,M37902FECHP 184 Kbytes area) M37902FGCGP, M37902FG CHP 248 Kbytes M37902FH CGP,M3790 2FHCHP 370 Kbytes M37902FJC GP,M37902FJCH P 498 Kbytes M37902F8C GP,M37902F8C HP 2048 bytes RAM M37902FC CGP,M3790 2FCCHP 4096 bytes M37902FECGP,M37902FECHP 6144 bytes M37902FGCGP, M37902FG CHP 6144 bytes M37902FH CGP,M3790 2FHCHP 12288 bytes M37902FJC GP,M37902FJCH P 12288 bytes User ROM area Operating ambient temperature range M37902F8C GP, M37902F8CH P 4 blocks ****** M37902FCCGP, M37902FCCHP 5 blocks ****** M37902FECGP, M37902FECHP 6 blocks ****** M37902FGCGP, M37902 FGCHP 7 blocks ****** Flash memory (User ROM area) RAM User ROM area M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP M37902FCCHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP M37902FC CHP M37902FGCHP M37902FJCHP 120 Kbytes 248 Kbytes 498 Kbytes 4096 bytes 6144 bytes 12288 bytes 5 blocks ****** 7 blocks ****** 11 blocks ***** M37902FHCGP, M37902FHCHP 9 blocks ****** M37902FJC GP, M37902FJCHP 11 blocks ***** Page 6, P40-P47 Page 9, MEMORY, Line 2 *************** In microprocessor mode ********. According to the register setting, P40-P44 also ********** *************** In microprocessor mode ********. According to the register setting, P40-P43 also ********** *********. The address space is 16 Mbytes from address 016 to FFFFFF16. ********* *********. The address space is 16 Mbytes from addresses 016 to FFFFFF16. ********* Memory map of M37902F8CGP and M37902F8CHP (Single-chip mode) Page 9, Fig. 1 Fig. 2. Memory map of M37902FCCGP and M37902FCCHP (Single-chip mode) (Deleted) Fig. 1. Memory map of M37902FCCHP (Single-chip mode) 00200016 00200016 00FFC016 00FFC016 00FFFF16 00FFFF16 Internal flash memory 120 Kbytes (User ROM area) Internal flash memory 120 Kbytes (User ROM area) Memory map of M37902FECGP and M37902FECHP (Single-chip mode) (Deleted) Memory map of M37902FHCGP and M37902FHCHP (Single-chip mode) (Deleted) (2/11) Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.3 Page Error Page 10, Fig. 2 Correction Fig. 4. Memory map of M37902FGCGP and M37902FGCHP (Single-chip mode) Fig. 2. Memory map of M37902FGCHP (Single-chip mode) 00380016 00380016 00FFC016 00FFC016 00FFFF16 00FFFF16 Internal flash memory 248 Kbytes (User ROM area) Page 10, Fig. 3 Internal flash memory 248 Kbytes (User ROM area) Fig. 6. Memory map of M37902FJCGP and M37902FJCHP (Single-chip mode) Fig. 3. Memory map of M37902FJCHP (Single-chip mode) 00380016 00380016 00FFC016 00FFC016 00FFFF16 00FFFF16 Internal flash memory 498 Kbytes (User ROM area) Page 11, Fig. 7 address 0016, 0116 Internal flash memory 498 Kbytes (User ROM area) 00000016 00000016 00000116 00000116 Reserved area (Note) Reserved area (Note) 00001916 Port P11 direction register address 1916 00001916 Port 011 direction register 00001A16 00001A16 Page 12, Fig. 8 0000A616 address A616 Reserved area (Note) (Deleted) 0000A716 address AC16, AD16 0000AC16 Serial I/O control register 0000AC16 0000AD16 0000AD16 (3/11) Serial I/O pin control register Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.4 Page Page 18, Table 1 Error Correction Temporarity stores an instruction which ********. Temporarily stores an instruction which ********. Temporarity stores data which has been ********, and external areas by the BIU or which is to be writeen to internal memory, ******** . Temporarily stores data which has been ********, and external areas by the BIU; or temporarily stores data which is to be written to internal memory, ******** . Instruction queue buffer Data buffer Page 18, Fig. 11 Page 26, Fig. 18, Notes 1 Page 31, Right column Line 5 b31 b0 Page 36, Fig. 25 Data buff er Notes 1: The bus cycle type is determined by the following bits: ************ ********. Therefore, ports P0 or P4, P10, P11 function as I/O pins for the address bus, ******** ********. Therefore, ports P0 to P4, P10, P11 function as I/O pins for the address bus, ******** Pin MD0 Mode (Note 1) Page 35, Fig. 24, Note b0 DQ No tes 1: The number of bus cycles is determined by the following bits: ************ Page 33, Table 5 b31 Data buff er DB Pin MD0 Mode Processor mode bi ts (Note 1) (Note 2) Processor mode (Note 2) No tes 1: While VSS *****, bit 1 is cleared to "0". While VCC *****, bit 1 is set to "1" at reset. (Fixed to "1".) Notes 1: While VSS *****, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC *****, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. (Fixed to "1".) 3: While VSS *****, bit 7 is cleared to "0". While VCC *****, bit 7 is set to "1" at reset. 3: While VSS *****, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC *****, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 Processor mode regi ster 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Processor mode regi ster 1 * * * * * * Recovery-cycle-i nsert select bit **** Internal ROM bus cycle select bit (Note 6) **** Recovery-cycle-i nsert select bit (Note 6) **** Internal ROM bus cycle select bit (Note 7) **** 2: After reset, this bit can be set only once. During the software execution, be sure not to change this bit. 2: After reset, this bit's contents can be switched only once. During the software execution, be sure not to switch this bit's contents. 4: While VSS *****, these bits are cleared to "0". While VCC *****, on the other hand, these bits are set to "1". 4: While VSS *****, each of these bits is "0" at reset. While VCC *****, on the other hand, each of these bits is "1" at reset. 5: After reset, these bits can be set to "1" only once. Once these bits have been cleared to "0" from "1", they cannot be set to "1" again. (Fixed to "0".) 5: In the memory expansion or microprocessor mode, if this bit's contents is switched from "1" to "0", this bit will be cleared to "0". After this clearance, this bit cannot return to "1". If it is necessary to set this bit to "1", be sure to reset the microcomputer. (4/11) Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.5 Page Error Correction Page 36, Fig. 25 6: The program which switches this bit's contents must be assigned to the internal area. 6: In the microprocessor mode, this bit is invalid. Page 37, Fig. 26, bit 4 7 4 7: In the microprocessor mode, this bit is invalid. When the internal flash memory is reprogrammed in the CPU reprogramming mode, be sure to clear this bit to "0". 7 4 Pins P44-P47 pullup connectio n select bit **** Pins P44-P47 pullup select bit * *** **** Pin NMI pull up connect ion select bit (Note 2) **** Pin NMI pull up select bit (Note 2) **** Page 39, Table 7 A rea multiplexe d bus address (Note 3) Page 40, Fig. 28, CS0 control register L; Note Page 42, Fig. 30, Area multiplexed bus access (Note 3) Notes 1: While VSS *****, this bit is cleared to "0". While VCC *****, this bit is set to "1" at reset. Notes 1: While VSS *****, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC *****, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. 5: While VSS *****, this bit is cleared to "0". While VCC *****, this bit is set to "1" at reset. (Fixed to "1".) 5: While VSS *****, this bit's state is cleared to "0" at reset. While VCC *****, this bit's state is set to "1" at reset. (Fixed to "1".) 2 1 0 Area CSx start address register (x = 0 to 2) Area CSx start address register (x = 0 to 3) 2 1 0 When mode 0 is ***** Area CSx start address register (x = 0 to 2) "0" at read. * * When mode 0 is ***** * * 2 1 0 2 1 0 Area CS3 start address register Area CS3 start address register These bits determine ***** "0" at read. * * These bits determine ***** * * Page 43, Fig. 31 Start address : 4000 16 Start address : 4000 16 FFFFF16 FFFFF16 256 K bytes 1FFFFF16 1FFFFF16 (5/11) Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.6 Page Page 44, Fig. 32 Error Correction Block size : 4 Kbytes Addresses which can be ***** (Address FFFFF16 is not included; Note 1) Block size : 8 Kbytes Addresses which can be ***** (Address FFFFF16 is not included; Note 1) Block size : 4 Kbytes Addresses which can be ***** (Address FFFF16 is not included; Note 1) Block size : 8 Kbytes Addresses which can be ***** (Address FFFF16 is not included; Note 1) 016 016 016 016 800016 800016 800016 800016 E000016 E00016 F000016 F00016 (FFFFF16) Page 45, Fig. 33 (FFFFF16) (FFFF16) (FFFF16) Block size : 8 Mbytes Block size : 8 Mbytes Addresses which can be ***** (Addresses 016 and FF000016 are not included; Note 1) Addresses which can be ***** (Addresses 016 and FF000016 to FFFFFF16 are not included; Note 1) 016 016 Page 45, Fig. 33, title Fig. 33 Area CS0/CS1/CS2 (mode 1) and area CS3 Fig. 33 Area CS0/CS1/CS2 (mode 0) and area CS3 Page 46, Left column, Line 2 Table 8 shows the interrupt types and the ******** Table 8 shows the interrupt sources and the ******** Page 46, Table 8, title Table 8. Interrupt types and the interrupt vector addresses Table 8. Interrupt sources and interrupt vector addresses Page 52, Left column, Line 5 To use these pins as timer input pins, the data direction register ***** To use these pins as timer input pins, the port direction register ***** Page 55, Fig. 46, bit 4 Page 59, Left column, Lines 14, 17, 22 Page 62, (2) Event counter mode [01] Page 64, Fig. 64 4 4 0 : Increment or decrement according to up/down flag 1 : ******** ***** ** 0 : Increment or decrement according to up/down bit 1 : ******** ***** ** ***** timer Ai start bit ***** ***** count start bit ***** (Line 15) (Line 15) particular function select register 1 (bit 7 at address 6316) ***** particular function select register 1 (bit 6 at address 6316) ***** UART 1/16 divider Clock synchronous Clock synchronous (External clock) 1/2 divider Clock synchronous Transmit control circui t (External clock) UART 1/16 divider Clock synchronous Clock synchronous (Internal clock) 1/2 divider Clock synchronous (External clock) (6/11) Transmit control circui t Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.7 Page Page 64, Fig. 65, bits 2 to 0, bit 5, bit 6 Page 66, Fig. 68, UART0/1 transmit/receive control register 0, bit 6 Page 68, Left column, Last line Page 70, Fig. 71 Error 6 5 Correction 2 1 0 6 5 2 1 0 Serial I/O mode select bits 0 0 0 : Serial I/O mode is invalid. ********* 0 0 1 : *************** Serial I/O mode select bits 0 0 0 : Serial I/O is invalid. ********* 0 0 1 : *************** Even/O dd parity select bit ******* 0 : ***** Odd/Even parity select bit ******* 0: ***** Parity enable sele ct bit ******* 0 : ***** Parity enable bit ******* 0: ***** 6 6 CPL CPL CLK polarity select bit ***** 0 : At the falling ** **, receive data is input. read out the RTSk output turns back to "L". ******* CLK polarity select bit ***** 0 : At the falling ****, receive data is input. When not in transfer, pin CLK's level is "H". read out the RTSk output turns back to "L". ******* CLK porarity select bit = 0 CLK porarity select bit = 1 **** **** * * * * CLK porarity select bit = 0 CLK porarity select bit = 1 **** **** * * Page 74, Table 13 Functions Pin P80/CTS0/RTS0 (Note 1) Pin P81/*** CTS2 Page 76, Fig. 77 * * P81 or CLK0 Ladder network Functions Pin P80/CTS0/RTS0 (Note 1) Pin P81/*** CTS0 P81 or CLK0 Resistor ladder network Page 77, Left column, Line 12 ADTRG input changes from "H" to "L" (or "L" to "H".) ****** ADTRG input changes from "H" to "L" (or "L" to "H".) ****** Page 77, Left column, Line 14 ADTRG pin is multiplexed with an analog voltage ****** ADTRG pin is multiplexed with an analog voltage ****** Page 77, Right column, Lines 5 to 6 ******* the ladder network or not *********** ******* the resistor ladder network or not *********** Page 77, Right column, Line 10 the ladder network can be cut off by disconnecting ladder network ******* the resistor ladder network can be cut off by disconnecting resistor ladder network ******* Page 80, Left column, Line 10 *******, the corresponding pin (DA0 to DA2) outputs ******* *******, the corresponding pin (D-A0 to D-A2) outputs ******* (7/11) Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.8 Page Error Page 80, Left column, Line 15 Page 80, Right column, Line 1 The D-A output enable bit is cleared to "0" at reset.******* The contents of the corresponding D-A output enable bit and D-A register are cleared to "0" at reset.******* with pin D-Ai. with pin D-Ai. Also, when not using the D-A converter, be sure to clear the contents of the corresponding D-A output enable bit and D-A register to "0". Page 81, Fig. 83, bits 1 and 0 Page 82, Right column, Lines 1 to 3 Page 86, Fig. 91, bits 2 to 0 Page 87, Fig. 89, 2nd diagram Correction 1 0 1 0 Waveform output select bits ******** ***** 11 : RTP1 and RTP0 selected When pulse mode 0 is selected: RTP1 and RTP1 **** ******* ** When the waveform output select bits are set to "11" (bit 1 = bit 0 = "1"), RTP13 to RTP10 and RTP03 to RTP00 become pulse output port pins. When the waveform output ********* 2 1 0 Address/Port switch select bits 0 0 0 : ********* [Inside dotted-line not included] P40/ALE, P41/1, P42/HLDA, *********** Page 89, Fig. 93, Output (Internal peripher al devices) Port latch [Inside dotted-line not included] P77/AN7/ADTRG/DA1/(INT2) CS0 control regi ster H Address/Port switch bits 0 0 0 : ********* [Inside dotted-line not included] P40/ALE, P41/1, P42/HLDA, *********** Output When the waveform output select bits are set to "11" (bit 1 = bit 0 = "1"), pulse output port pins are divided into two groups; one consists of RTP13 to RTP10, RTP03, RTP02 and the other consists of RTP01 and RTP00. When the waveform output ********* 2 1 0 Port latch Page 88, Fig. 90, 3rd diagram Waveform output select bits ******** ***** 11 : RTP1 and RTP0 selected When pulse mode 0 is selected: RTP1 and RTP0 **** ******* ** (8116) **** [Inside dotted-line included] P77/AN7/ADTRG/DA1/(INT2) 0 0 0 0 0 CS0 control regi ster H (8116) **** 1 0 0 0 0 address 8116 Page 90, Fig. 92, A-D interrup t control register (7016) **** ? 0 0 0 A-D conversion interrupt control register (7016) *** ? 0 0 0 address 7016 Page 91, Left column, Lines 11, 12 *******, the oscillation circuit stops it's operation and resumes the current dissipation. *******, the oscillation circuit stops it's operation, and the current dissipation is reduced. Page 91, Left column, Line 17 ******* from pin XIN and output a multiplied clock. ******* from pin XIN and generates a multiplied clock. Page 92, Right column, Lines 4 to 5 ******* In this selection, be sure that multiplied f(XIN) does not exceed 26 MHz. ********* ******* The PLL multiplication ratio must be set so that the frequency of the PLL output clock (fPLL) must be in the range from 10 MHz to 26 MHz. ******** Page 92, Right column, Lines 10 to 11 ***** the PLL output clock (fPLL). (In other words, set bit 5 to "1".) ***** the PLL output clock (fPLL). (In other words, set bit 5 to "1".) Note that, after reset, the PLL multiplication ratio select bits are allowed to be changed only once. (8/11) Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.9 Page Page 92, Table 15, Note Error Correction Note: Be sure that system clock fsys does not exceed 26 MHz. f(XIN) means the frequency of the input clock from pin XIN (fXIN). Note: The PLL multiplication ratio must be set so that the frequency of the PLL output clock (fPLL) must be in the range from 10 MHz to 26 MHz. f(XIN) means the frequency of the input clock from pin XIN (fXIN). After reset, the PLL multiplication ratio select bits are allowed to be changed only once. ***** the oscillation circuit and PLL circuit have been restarted ****** ***** the oscillation circuit has been restarted ****** Page 96, Left column, Line 7 Page 98, Right column, Line 8 the ladder network of the A-D converter will ***** the resistor ladder network of the A-D converter will ***** Page 98, Right column, Line 10 pin VREF to the ladder network, and the power dissipation ***** pin VREF to the resistor ladder network, and the power dissipation ***** Page 101, Fig. 106 Fig. 106. M37902FJCGP, M37902FJCHP : block configuration of internal flash memory Fig. 106. M37902FJCHP : block configuration of internal flash memory M37902F8CGP, M37902F8CHP : block configuration of internal flash memory (Deleted) M37902FECGP, M37902FECHP : block configuration of internal flash memory (Deleted) Page 102, Fig. 107 Fig. 108. M37902FCCGP, M37902FCCHP : block configuration of internal flash memory Fig. 107. M37902FCCHP : block configuration of internal flash memory Page 102, Fig. 108 Fig. 110. M37902FGCGP, M37902FGCHP : block configuration of internal flash memory Fig. 108. M37902FGCHP : block configuration of internal flash memory M37902FHCGP, M37902FHCHP : block configuration of internal flash memory Page 103, Right column, Lines 15 to 17 area if the user uses the flash memory serial I/O mode. Note that, when the boot ROM area is read ********* Pin connection of M37902FxCGP in flash memory serial I/O mode (Deleted) area if the user uses the flash memory serial I/O mode. Addresses FFB016 to FFBF16 are the reserved area for the serial programmer. Therefore, when the user uses the flash memory serial I/O mode, do not program to this area. Note that, when the boot ROM area is read ********* (Deleted) Page 106, Right column, After line 13 program the user ROM area. program the user ROM area. After reset removal, be sure not to change the status at pins MD0 and MD1. Page 106, Fig. 114, Notes 4 4: Valid only ***** clear to "0". 4: Valid only ***** clear to "0". This bit 3 must be controlled with bit 1 = "1". Page 107, Left column, Lines 16 to 20 ***** command consists of 8-bit units must be written only to an even address; therefore, any data written to an odd address will be invalid. The write state ****** ***** command consisting of 8 bits must be written to an even address; therefore, any command written to an odd address will be invalid. Since the write data at the 2nd cycle of a programming command consists of 16 bits, this data must be written to even and odd addresses. The write state ****** Page 107, Right column, After line 24 request occurrence. request occurrence. In the CPU reprogramming mode, be sure not to use the STP and WIT instructions. (9/11) Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.10 Page Error Correction Page 108, Fig. 115 The CPU reprogramming mode select bit is set to "1". (Writing of "0" Writing of "1") Page 108, Software Commands Page 108, Page programming Command Page 109, Page programming Command (Lines 6, 7) ******* (D8-D15) is ignored. ******* (D8-D15) is ignored. (Except for the write data at the 2nd cycle of a page programming command.) (Titlle) (Titlle) Page Program Command (4116) Page Programming Command (4116) (After line 20) (After line 20) ******* mode is maintained. ******* mode is maintained. In continuous programming, if there is no programming error, page programming commands can be executed with the read status register mode kept. (Lines 4 to 7) (Lines 4 to 7) *******, the same way as bit 7 of the status register. Reading out the ******* *******, the same wayas bit 7 of the status register. Before execution of the next command, be sure to verify that bit 7 of the status register (SR.7) or the RY/BY status bit is set to "1" (READY). During the automatic programming operation, writing of commands and access to the flash memory must not be performed. Reading out the ******* Page 109, (Lines 20 to 23) (Lines 20 to 23) *******, the same way as bit 7 of the status register. Reading out the ******* *******, the same way as bit 7 of the status register. Before execution of the next command, be sure to verify that bit 7 of the status register (SR.7) or the RY/BY status bit is set to "1" (READY). During the automatic erase operation, writing of commands and access to the flash memory must not be performed. Reading out the ******* Page 111, (Lines 9 to 11) (Lines 9 to 11) ******* is also reported by a read of the status register. When the lock bit ******* ******* is also reported by a read of the status register. During the automatic erase operation (when the RY/BY status bit = "0" ), writing of commands and access to the flash memory must not be performed. When the lock bit ******* (After line 20) (After line 20) lock bit is terminated. lock bit is terminated. To perform erase or programming, be sure to do one of the following. * By executing the read lock bit status command, verify that the lock of the target block is invalid. * Set the lock bit invalidity select bit to "1" to invalidate the lock. When the block erase or programming is performed with the lock valid, the erase status bit (SR.5) and programming status bit (SR.4) are set to "1" (terminated by error). Page 111, Data Protect Function (Block Lock) (Lines 6, 7) Block Erase Command Erase All Unlocked Block Command Writing of "1" to the CPU reprogramming mode select bit. (Writing of "0" Writing of "1") Page 114, ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS Symbol Pd Topr Parameter Power di sspation Operating t emperature Ratings 300 Unit mW (10/11) Symbol Pd Topr Parameter Power di sspation Operating ambien t temperature Ratings 400 Unit mW Corrections and Supplementary Explanation for M37902FxC Datasheet (REV.B) NO.11 Page Error Correction Page 114, RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS f(XIN) External clcok input frequency (Note 2) ******** f(sys) f(fsys) System clcok frequency System clcok frequency ******** ******** Page 123, Timing Requirements f(fsys) External clcok input frequency (Note 2) ******** Page 131, PACKEGE OUTLINE tw(harf) External clock ******** ****** tw(half) External clock ******** (Deleted) 100P6S-A packege outline (11/11) ******